loadbalancer

package
v1.33.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

Go to latest
Published: Apr 25, 2024 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 7 Imported by: 0

Documentation

Index

Constants

This section is empty.

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type Backend

type Backend struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// The name of the backend set to add the backend server to.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendsetName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"backendsetName"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	//
	// **Note:** You cannot add a backend server marked as `backup` to a backend set that uses the IP Hash policy.
	//
	// Example: `false`
	Backup pulumi.BoolPtrOutput `pulumi:"backup"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"drain"`
	// The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"offline"`
	// The communication port for the backend server.  Example: `8080`
	Port  pulumi.IntOutput    `pulumi:"port"`
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	// (Updatable) The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Weight pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"weight"`
}

This resource provides the Backend resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Adds a backend server to a backend set.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.NewBackend(ctx, "test_backend", &LoadBalancer.BackendArgs{
			BackendsetName: pulumi.Any(testBackendSet.Name),
			IpAddress:      pulumi.Any(backendIpAddress),
			LoadBalancerId: pulumi.Any(testLoadBalancer.Id),
			Port:           pulumi.Any(backendPort),
			Backup:         pulumi.Any(backendBackup),
			Drain:          pulumi.Any(backendDrain),
			Offline:        pulumi.Any(backendOffline),
			Weight:         pulumi.Any(backendWeight),
		})
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

## Import

Backends can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/backend:Backend test_backend "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/backendSets/{backendSetName}/backends/{backendName}" ```

func GetBackend

func GetBackend(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *BackendState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Backend, error)

GetBackend gets an existing Backend resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewBackend

func NewBackend(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *BackendArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Backend, error)

NewBackend registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Backend) ElementType

func (*Backend) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Backend) ToBackendOutput

func (i *Backend) ToBackendOutput() BackendOutput

func (*Backend) ToBackendOutputWithContext

func (i *Backend) ToBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendOutput

type BackendArgs

type BackendArgs struct {
	// The name of the backend set to add the backend server to.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendsetName pulumi.StringInput
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	//
	// **Note:** You cannot add a backend server marked as `backup` to a backend set that uses the IP Hash policy.
	//
	// Example: `false`
	Backup pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress pulumi.StringInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// The communication port for the backend server.  Example: `8080`
	Port pulumi.IntInput
	// (Updatable) The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Weight pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Backend resource.

func (BackendArgs) ElementType

func (BackendArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type BackendArray

type BackendArray []BackendInput

func (BackendArray) ElementType

func (BackendArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendArray) ToBackendArrayOutput

func (i BackendArray) ToBackendArrayOutput() BackendArrayOutput

func (BackendArray) ToBackendArrayOutputWithContext

func (i BackendArray) ToBackendArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendArrayOutput

type BackendArrayInput

type BackendArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendArrayOutput() BackendArrayOutput
	ToBackendArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendArrayOutput
}

BackendArrayInput is an input type that accepts BackendArray and BackendArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendArrayInput` via:

BackendArray{ BackendArgs{...} }

type BackendArrayOutput

type BackendArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendArrayOutput) ElementType

func (BackendArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendArrayOutput) Index

func (BackendArrayOutput) ToBackendArrayOutput

func (o BackendArrayOutput) ToBackendArrayOutput() BackendArrayOutput

func (BackendArrayOutput) ToBackendArrayOutputWithContext

func (o BackendArrayOutput) ToBackendArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendArrayOutput

type BackendInput

type BackendInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendOutput() BackendOutput
	ToBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendOutput
}

type BackendMap

type BackendMap map[string]BackendInput

func (BackendMap) ElementType

func (BackendMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendMap) ToBackendMapOutput

func (i BackendMap) ToBackendMapOutput() BackendMapOutput

func (BackendMap) ToBackendMapOutputWithContext

func (i BackendMap) ToBackendMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendMapOutput

type BackendMapInput

type BackendMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendMapOutput() BackendMapOutput
	ToBackendMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendMapOutput
}

BackendMapInput is an input type that accepts BackendMap and BackendMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendMapInput` via:

BackendMap{ "key": BackendArgs{...} }

type BackendMapOutput

type BackendMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendMapOutput) ElementType

func (BackendMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendMapOutput) MapIndex

func (BackendMapOutput) ToBackendMapOutput

func (o BackendMapOutput) ToBackendMapOutput() BackendMapOutput

func (BackendMapOutput) ToBackendMapOutputWithContext

func (o BackendMapOutput) ToBackendMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendMapOutput

type BackendOutput

type BackendOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendOutput) BackendsetName added in v0.4.0

func (o BackendOutput) BackendsetName() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the backend set to add the backend server to. Example: `exampleBackendSet`

func (BackendOutput) Backup added in v0.4.0

func (o BackendOutput) Backup() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.

**Note:** You cannot add a backend server marked as `backup` to a backend set that uses the IP Hash policy.

Example: `false`

func (BackendOutput) Drain added in v0.4.0

func (o BackendOutput) Drain() pulumi.BoolOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic. Example: `false`

func (BackendOutput) ElementType

func (BackendOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendOutput) IpAddress added in v0.4.0

func (o BackendOutput) IpAddress() pulumi.StringOutput

The IP address of the backend server. Example: `10.0.0.3`

func (BackendOutput) LoadBalancerId added in v0.4.0

func (o BackendOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.

func (BackendOutput) Name added in v0.4.0

A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set. Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`

func (BackendOutput) Offline added in v0.4.0

func (o BackendOutput) Offline() pulumi.BoolOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic. Example: `false`

func (BackendOutput) Port added in v0.4.0

func (o BackendOutput) Port() pulumi.IntOutput

The communication port for the backend server. Example: `8080`

func (BackendOutput) State added in v0.4.0

func (o BackendOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (BackendOutput) ToBackendOutput

func (o BackendOutput) ToBackendOutput() BackendOutput

func (BackendOutput) ToBackendOutputWithContext

func (o BackendOutput) ToBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendOutput

func (BackendOutput) Weight added in v0.4.0

func (o BackendOutput) Weight() pulumi.IntOutput

(Updatable) The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm). Example: `3`

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

type BackendSet

type BackendSet struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	Backends BackendSetBackendArrayOutput `pulumi:"backends"`
	// (Updatable) The health check policy's configuration details.
	HealthChecker BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput `pulumi:"healthChecker"`
	// (Updatable) The configuration details for implementing load balancer cookie session persistence (LB cookie stickiness).
	//
	// Session persistence enables the Load Balancing service to direct all requests that originate from a single logical client to a single backend web server. For more information, see [Session Persistence](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/sessionpersistence.htm).
	//
	// When you configure LB cookie stickiness, the load balancer inserts a cookie into the response. The parameters configured in the cookie enable session stickiness. This method is useful when you have applications and Web backend services that cannot generate their own cookies.
	//
	// Path route rules take precedence to determine the target backend server. The load balancer verifies that session stickiness is enabled for the backend server and that the cookie configuration (domain, path, and cookie hash) is valid for the target. The system ignores invalid cookies.
	//
	// To disable LB cookie stickiness on a running load balancer, use the [UpdateBackendSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/BackendSet/UpdateBackendSet) operation and specify `null` for the `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` object.
	//
	// Example: `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails: null`
	//
	// **Note:** `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (application cookie stickiness) and `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (LB cookie stickiness) are mutually exclusive. An error results if you try to enable both types of session persistence.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput `pulumi:"lbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add a backend set.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	//
	// Valid backend set names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Backend set names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// (Updatable) The load balancer policy for the backend set. To get a list of available policies, use the [ListPolicies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerPolicy/ListPolicies) operation.  Example: `LEAST_CONNECTIONS`
	Policy pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"policy"`
	// (Updatable) The configuration details for implementing session persistence based on a user-specified cookie name (application cookie stickiness).
	//
	// Session persistence enables the Load Balancing service to direct any number of requests that originate from a single logical client to a single backend web server. For more information, see [Session Persistence](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/sessionpersistence.htm).
	//
	// With application cookie stickiness, the load balancer enables session persistence only when the response from a backend application server includes a `Set-cookie` header with the user-specified cookie name.
	//
	// To disable application cookie stickiness on a running load balancer, use the [UpdateBackendSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/BackendSet/UpdateBackendSet) operation and specify `null` for the `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` object.
	//
	// Example: `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails: null`
	//
	// **Note:** `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (application cookie stickiness) and `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (LB cookie stickiness) are mutually exclusive. An error results if you try to enable both types of session persistence.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SessionPersistenceConfiguration BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput `pulumi:"sessionPersistenceConfiguration"`
	// (Updatable) The load balancer's SSL handling configuration details.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SslConfiguration BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput `pulumi:"sslConfiguration"`
	State            pulumi.StringOutput                 `pulumi:"state"`
}

This resource provides the Backend Set resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Adds a backend set to a load balancer.

## Supported Aliases

* `ociLoadBalancerBackendset`

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.NewBackendSet(ctx, "test_backend_set", &LoadBalancer.BackendSetArgs{
			HealthChecker: &loadbalancer.BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs{
				Protocol:          pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerProtocol),
				IntervalMs:        pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerIntervalMs),
				IsForcePlainText:  pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerIsForcePlainText),
				Port:              pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerPort),
				ResponseBodyRegex: pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerResponseBodyRegex),
				Retries:           pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerRetries),
				ReturnCode:        pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerReturnCode),
				TimeoutInMillis:   pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerTimeoutInMillis),
				UrlPath:           pulumi.Any(backendSetHealthCheckerUrlPath),
			},
			LoadBalancerId: pulumi.Any(testLoadBalancer.Id),
			Name:           pulumi.Any(backendSetName),
			Policy:         pulumi.Any(backendSetPolicy),
			LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration: &loadbalancer.BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{
				CookieName:      pulumi.Any(backendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationCookieName),
				DisableFallback: pulumi.Any(backendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDisableFallback),
				Domain:          pulumi.Any(backendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDomain),
				IsHttpOnly:      pulumi.Any(backendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationIsHttpOnly),
				IsSecure:        pulumi.Any(backendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationIsSecure),
				MaxAgeInSeconds: pulumi.Any(backendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationMaxAgeInSeconds),
				Path:            pulumi.Any(backendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPath),
			},
			SessionPersistenceConfiguration: &loadbalancer.BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{
				CookieName:      pulumi.Any(backendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationCookieName),
				DisableFallback: pulumi.Any(backendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationDisableFallback),
			},
			SslConfiguration: &loadbalancer.BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs{
				CertificateIds:                 pulumi.Any(backendSetSslConfigurationCertificateIds),
				CertificateName:                pulumi.Any(testCertificate.Name),
				CipherSuiteName:                pulumi.Any(backendSetSslConfigurationCipherSuiteName),
				Protocols:                      pulumi.Any(backendSetSslConfigurationProtocols),
				ServerOrderPreference:          pulumi.Any(backendSetSslConfigurationServerOrderPreference),
				TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds: pulumi.Any(backendSetSslConfigurationTrustedCertificateAuthorityIds),
				VerifyDepth:                    pulumi.Any(backendSetSslConfigurationVerifyDepth),
				VerifyPeerCertificate:          pulumi.Any(backendSetSslConfigurationVerifyPeerCertificate),
			},
		})
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

``` **Note:** The `sessionPersistenceConfiguration` (application cookie stickiness) and `lbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration`

(LB cookie stickiness) attributes are mutually exclusive. To avoid returning an error, configure only one of these two
attributes per backend set.

## Import

BackendSets can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/backendSet:BackendSet test_backend_set "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/backendSets/{backendSetName}" ```

func GetBackendSet

func GetBackendSet(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *BackendSetState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*BackendSet, error)

GetBackendSet gets an existing BackendSet resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewBackendSet

func NewBackendSet(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *BackendSetArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*BackendSet, error)

NewBackendSet registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*BackendSet) ElementType

func (*BackendSet) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*BackendSet) ToBackendSetOutput

func (i *BackendSet) ToBackendSetOutput() BackendSetOutput

func (*BackendSet) ToBackendSetOutputWithContext

func (i *BackendSet) ToBackendSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetOutput

type BackendSetArgs

type BackendSetArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The health check policy's configuration details.
	HealthChecker BackendSetHealthCheckerInput
	// (Updatable) The configuration details for implementing load balancer cookie session persistence (LB cookie stickiness).
	//
	// Session persistence enables the Load Balancing service to direct all requests that originate from a single logical client to a single backend web server. For more information, see [Session Persistence](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/sessionpersistence.htm).
	//
	// When you configure LB cookie stickiness, the load balancer inserts a cookie into the response. The parameters configured in the cookie enable session stickiness. This method is useful when you have applications and Web backend services that cannot generate their own cookies.
	//
	// Path route rules take precedence to determine the target backend server. The load balancer verifies that session stickiness is enabled for the backend server and that the cookie configuration (domain, path, and cookie hash) is valid for the target. The system ignores invalid cookies.
	//
	// To disable LB cookie stickiness on a running load balancer, use the [UpdateBackendSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/BackendSet/UpdateBackendSet) operation and specify `null` for the `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` object.
	//
	// Example: `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails: null`
	//
	// **Note:** `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (application cookie stickiness) and `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (LB cookie stickiness) are mutually exclusive. An error results if you try to enable both types of session persistence.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add a backend set.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	//
	// Valid backend set names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Backend set names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The load balancer policy for the backend set. To get a list of available policies, use the [ListPolicies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerPolicy/ListPolicies) operation.  Example: `LEAST_CONNECTIONS`
	Policy pulumi.StringInput
	// (Updatable) The configuration details for implementing session persistence based on a user-specified cookie name (application cookie stickiness).
	//
	// Session persistence enables the Load Balancing service to direct any number of requests that originate from a single logical client to a single backend web server. For more information, see [Session Persistence](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/sessionpersistence.htm).
	//
	// With application cookie stickiness, the load balancer enables session persistence only when the response from a backend application server includes a `Set-cookie` header with the user-specified cookie name.
	//
	// To disable application cookie stickiness on a running load balancer, use the [UpdateBackendSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/BackendSet/UpdateBackendSet) operation and specify `null` for the `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` object.
	//
	// Example: `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails: null`
	//
	// **Note:** `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (application cookie stickiness) and `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (LB cookie stickiness) are mutually exclusive. An error results if you try to enable both types of session persistence.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SessionPersistenceConfiguration BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The load balancer's SSL handling configuration details.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SslConfiguration BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a BackendSet resource.

func (BackendSetArgs) ElementType

func (BackendSetArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type BackendSetArray

type BackendSetArray []BackendSetInput

func (BackendSetArray) ElementType

func (BackendSetArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetArray) ToBackendSetArrayOutput

func (i BackendSetArray) ToBackendSetArrayOutput() BackendSetArrayOutput

func (BackendSetArray) ToBackendSetArrayOutputWithContext

func (i BackendSetArray) ToBackendSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetArrayOutput

type BackendSetArrayInput

type BackendSetArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetArrayOutput() BackendSetArrayOutput
	ToBackendSetArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetArrayOutput
}

BackendSetArrayInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetArray and BackendSetArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetArrayInput` via:

BackendSetArray{ BackendSetArgs{...} }

type BackendSetArrayOutput

type BackendSetArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetArrayOutput) ElementType

func (BackendSetArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetArrayOutput) Index

func (BackendSetArrayOutput) ToBackendSetArrayOutput

func (o BackendSetArrayOutput) ToBackendSetArrayOutput() BackendSetArrayOutput

func (BackendSetArrayOutput) ToBackendSetArrayOutputWithContext

func (o BackendSetArrayOutput) ToBackendSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetArrayOutput

type BackendSetBackend

type BackendSetBackend struct {
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	Backup *bool `pulumi:"backup"`
	// Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain *bool `pulumi:"drain"`
	// The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress string `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	//
	// Valid backend set names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Backend set names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	Name *string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline *bool `pulumi:"offline"`
	// (Updatable) The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object.  Example: `8080`
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
	// The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	Weight *int `pulumi:"weight"`
}

type BackendSetBackendArgs

type BackendSetBackendArgs struct {
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	Backup pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"backup"`
	// Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"drain"`
	// The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	//
	// Valid backend set names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Backend set names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"name"`
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"offline"`
	// (Updatable) The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object.  Example: `8080`
	Port pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"port"`
	// The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	Weight pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"weight"`
}

func (BackendSetBackendArgs) ElementType

func (BackendSetBackendArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetBackendArgs) ToBackendSetBackendOutput

func (i BackendSetBackendArgs) ToBackendSetBackendOutput() BackendSetBackendOutput

func (BackendSetBackendArgs) ToBackendSetBackendOutputWithContext

func (i BackendSetBackendArgs) ToBackendSetBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetBackendOutput

type BackendSetBackendArray

type BackendSetBackendArray []BackendSetBackendInput

func (BackendSetBackendArray) ElementType

func (BackendSetBackendArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetBackendArray) ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutput

func (i BackendSetBackendArray) ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutput() BackendSetBackendArrayOutput

func (BackendSetBackendArray) ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutputWithContext

func (i BackendSetBackendArray) ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetBackendArrayOutput

type BackendSetBackendArrayInput

type BackendSetBackendArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutput() BackendSetBackendArrayOutput
	ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetBackendArrayOutput
}

BackendSetBackendArrayInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetBackendArray and BackendSetBackendArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetBackendArrayInput` via:

BackendSetBackendArray{ BackendSetBackendArgs{...} }

type BackendSetBackendArrayOutput

type BackendSetBackendArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetBackendArrayOutput) ElementType

func (BackendSetBackendArrayOutput) Index

func (BackendSetBackendArrayOutput) ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutput

func (o BackendSetBackendArrayOutput) ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutput() BackendSetBackendArrayOutput

func (BackendSetBackendArrayOutput) ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutputWithContext

func (o BackendSetBackendArrayOutput) ToBackendSetBackendArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetBackendArrayOutput

type BackendSetBackendInput

type BackendSetBackendInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetBackendOutput() BackendSetBackendOutput
	ToBackendSetBackendOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetBackendOutput
}

BackendSetBackendInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetBackendArgs and BackendSetBackendOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetBackendInput` via:

BackendSetBackendArgs{...}

type BackendSetBackendOutput

type BackendSetBackendOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) Backup

Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) Drain

Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic. Example: `false`

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) ElementType

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) IpAddress

The IP address of the backend server. Example: `10.0.0.3`

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) Name

A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

Valid backend set names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Backend set names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.

Example: `exampleBackendSet`

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) Offline

Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic. Example: `false`

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) Port

(Updatable) The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object. Example: `8080`

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) ToBackendSetBackendOutput

func (o BackendSetBackendOutput) ToBackendSetBackendOutput() BackendSetBackendOutput

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) ToBackendSetBackendOutputWithContext

func (o BackendSetBackendOutput) ToBackendSetBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetBackendOutput

func (BackendSetBackendOutput) Weight

The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm). Example: `3`

type BackendSetHealthChecker

type BackendSetHealthChecker struct {
	// (Updatable) The interval between health checks, in milliseconds.  Example: `10000`
	IntervalMs *int `pulumi:"intervalMs"`
	// (Updatable) Specifies if health checks should always be done using plain text instead of depending on whether or not the associated backend set is using SSL.
	//
	// If "true", health checks will be done using plain text even if the associated backend set is configured to use SSL.
	//
	// If "false", health checks will be done using SSL encryption if the associated backend set is configured to use SSL. If the backend set is not so configured the health checks will be done using plain text.
	//
	// Example: `false`
	IsForcePlainText *bool `pulumi:"isForcePlainText"`
	// (Updatable) The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object.  Example: `8080`
	Port *int `pulumi:"port"`
	// (Updatable) The protocol the health check must use; either HTTP or TCP.  Example: `HTTP`
	Protocol string `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// (Updatable) A regular expression for parsing the response body from the backend server.  Example: `^((?!false).|\s)*$`
	ResponseBodyRegex *string `pulumi:"responseBodyRegex"`
	// (Updatable) The number of retries to attempt before a backend server is considered "unhealthy". This number also applies when recovering a server to the "healthy" state.  Example: `3`
	Retries *int `pulumi:"retries"`
	// (Updatable) The status code a healthy backend server should return.  Example: `200`
	ReturnCode *int `pulumi:"returnCode"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum time, in milliseconds, to wait for a reply to a health check. A health check is successful only if a reply returns within this timeout period.  Example: `3000`
	TimeoutInMillis *int `pulumi:"timeoutInMillis"`
	// (Updatable) The path against which to run the health check.  Example: `/healthcheck`
	UrlPath *string `pulumi:"urlPath"`
}

type BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs

type BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The interval between health checks, in milliseconds.  Example: `10000`
	IntervalMs pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"intervalMs"`
	// (Updatable) Specifies if health checks should always be done using plain text instead of depending on whether or not the associated backend set is using SSL.
	//
	// If "true", health checks will be done using plain text even if the associated backend set is configured to use SSL.
	//
	// If "false", health checks will be done using SSL encryption if the associated backend set is configured to use SSL. If the backend set is not so configured the health checks will be done using plain text.
	//
	// Example: `false`
	IsForcePlainText pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"isForcePlainText"`
	// (Updatable) The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object.  Example: `8080`
	Port pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"port"`
	// (Updatable) The protocol the health check must use; either HTTP or TCP.  Example: `HTTP`
	Protocol pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// (Updatable) A regular expression for parsing the response body from the backend server.  Example: `^((?!false).|\s)*$`
	ResponseBodyRegex pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"responseBodyRegex"`
	// (Updatable) The number of retries to attempt before a backend server is considered "unhealthy". This number also applies when recovering a server to the "healthy" state.  Example: `3`
	Retries pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"retries"`
	// (Updatable) The status code a healthy backend server should return.  Example: `200`
	ReturnCode pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"returnCode"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum time, in milliseconds, to wait for a reply to a health check. A health check is successful only if a reply returns within this timeout period.  Example: `3000`
	TimeoutInMillis pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"timeoutInMillis"`
	// (Updatable) The path against which to run the health check.  Example: `/healthcheck`
	UrlPath pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"urlPath"`
}

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ElementType

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutput

func (i BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutput() BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext

func (i BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput

func (i BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput() BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutputWithContext

func (i BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput

type BackendSetHealthCheckerInput

type BackendSetHealthCheckerInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutput() BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput
	ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput
}

BackendSetHealthCheckerInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs and BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetHealthCheckerInput` via:

BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs{...}

type BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput

type BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ElementType

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) IntervalMs

(Updatable) The interval between health checks, in milliseconds. Example: `10000`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) IsForcePlainText added in v0.15.0

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) IsForcePlainText() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Specifies if health checks should always be done using plain text instead of depending on whether or not the associated backend set is using SSL.

If "true", health checks will be done using plain text even if the associated backend set is configured to use SSL.

If "false", health checks will be done using SSL encryption if the associated backend set is configured to use SSL. If the backend set is not so configured the health checks will be done using plain text.

Example: `false`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) Port

(Updatable) The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object. Example: `8080`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) Protocol

(Updatable) The protocol the health check must use; either HTTP or TCP. Example: `HTTP`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ResponseBodyRegex

(Updatable) A regular expression for parsing the response body from the backend server. Example: `^((?!false).|\s)*$`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) Retries

(Updatable) The number of retries to attempt before a backend server is considered "unhealthy". This number also applies when recovering a server to the "healthy" state. Example: `3`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ReturnCode

(Updatable) The status code a healthy backend server should return. Example: `200`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) TimeoutInMillis

(Updatable) The maximum time, in milliseconds, to wait for a reply to a health check. A health check is successful only if a reply returns within this timeout period. Example: `3000`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutput

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutput() BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput() BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutputWithContext

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerOutput) UrlPath

(Updatable) The path against which to run the health check. Example: `/healthcheck`

type BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrInput

type BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput() BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput
	ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput
}

BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs, BackendSetHealthCheckerPtr and BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrInput` via:

        BackendSetHealthCheckerArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput

type BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) Elem

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) ElementType

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) IntervalMs

(Updatable) The interval between health checks, in milliseconds. Example: `10000`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) IsForcePlainText added in v0.15.0

(Updatable) Specifies if health checks should always be done using plain text instead of depending on whether or not the associated backend set is using SSL.

If "true", health checks will be done using plain text even if the associated backend set is configured to use SSL.

If "false", health checks will be done using SSL encryption if the associated backend set is configured to use SSL. If the backend set is not so configured the health checks will be done using plain text.

Example: `false`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) Port

(Updatable) The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object. Example: `8080`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) Protocol

(Updatable) The protocol the health check must use; either HTTP or TCP. Example: `HTTP`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) ResponseBodyRegex

(Updatable) A regular expression for parsing the response body from the backend server. Example: `^((?!false).|\s)*$`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) Retries

(Updatable) The number of retries to attempt before a backend server is considered "unhealthy". This number also applies when recovering a server to the "healthy" state. Example: `3`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) ReturnCode

(Updatable) The status code a healthy backend server should return. Example: `200`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) TimeoutInMillis

(Updatable) The maximum time, in milliseconds, to wait for a reply to a health check. A health check is successful only if a reply returns within this timeout period. Example: `3000`

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput() BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutputWithContext

func (o BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) ToBackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput

func (BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrOutput) UrlPath

(Updatable) The path against which to run the health check. Example: `/healthcheck`

type BackendSetInput

type BackendSetInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetOutput() BackendSetOutput
	ToBackendSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetOutput
}

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration struct {
	// (Updatable) The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist.  Example: `exampleCookie`
	CookieName *string `pulumi:"cookieName"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false.  Example: `false`
	DisableFallback *bool `pulumi:"disableFallback"`
	// (Updatable) The domain in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a domain attribute with the specified value.
	//
	// This attribute has no default value. If you do not specify a value, the load balancer does not insert the domain attribute into the `Set-cookie` header.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  [RFC 6265 - HTTP State Management Mechanism](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6265.txt) describes client and browser behavior when the domain attribute is present or not present in the `Set-cookie` header.
	//
	// If the value of the `Domain` attribute is `example.com` in the `Set-cookie` header, the client includes the same cookie in the `Cookie` header when making HTTP requests to `example.com`, `www.example.com`, and `www.abc.example.com`. If the `Domain` attribute is not present, the client returns the cookie only for the domain to which the original request was made.
	// *  Ensure that this attribute specifies the correct domain value. If the `Domain` attribute in the `Set-cookie` header does not include the domain to which the original request was made, the client or browser might reject the cookie. As specified in RFC 6265, the client accepts a cookie with the `Domain` attribute value `example.com` or `www.example.com` sent from `www.example.com`. It does not accept a cookie with the `Domain` attribute `abc.example.com` or `www.abc.example.com` sent from `www.example.com`.
	//
	// Example: `example.com`
	Domain *string `pulumi:"domain"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `HttpOnly` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `HttpOnly` attribute, which limits the scope of the cookie to HTTP requests. This attribute directs the client or browser to omit the cookie when providing access to cookies through non-HTTP APIs. For example, it restricts the cookie from JavaScript channels.  Example: `true`
	IsHttpOnly *bool `pulumi:"isHttpOnly"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `Secure` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `Secure` attribute, which directs the client or browser to send the cookie only using a secure protocol.
	//
	// **Note:** If you set this field to `true`, you cannot associate the corresponding backend set with an HTTP listener.
	//
	// Example: `true`
	IsSecure *bool `pulumi:"isSecure"`
	// (Updatable) The amount of time the cookie remains valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a `Max-Age` attribute with the specified value.
	//
	// The specified value must be at least one second. There is no default value for this attribute. If you do not specify a value, the load balancer does not include the `Max-Age` attribute in the `Set-cookie` header. In most cases, the client or browser retains the cookie until the current session ends, as defined by the client.
	//
	// Example: `3600`
	MaxAgeInSeconds *int `pulumi:"maxAgeInSeconds"`
	// (Updatable) The path in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie header` inserted by the load balancer contains a `Path` attribute with the specified value.
	//
	// Clients include the cookie in an HTTP request only if the path portion of the request-uri matches, or is a subdirectory of, the cookie's `Path` attribute.
	//
	// The default value is `/`.
	//
	// Example: `/example`
	Path *string `pulumi:"path"`
}

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist.  Example: `exampleCookie`
	CookieName pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"cookieName"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false.  Example: `false`
	DisableFallback pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"disableFallback"`
	// (Updatable) The domain in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a domain attribute with the specified value.
	//
	// This attribute has no default value. If you do not specify a value, the load balancer does not insert the domain attribute into the `Set-cookie` header.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  [RFC 6265 - HTTP State Management Mechanism](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6265.txt) describes client and browser behavior when the domain attribute is present or not present in the `Set-cookie` header.
	//
	// If the value of the `Domain` attribute is `example.com` in the `Set-cookie` header, the client includes the same cookie in the `Cookie` header when making HTTP requests to `example.com`, `www.example.com`, and `www.abc.example.com`. If the `Domain` attribute is not present, the client returns the cookie only for the domain to which the original request was made.
	// *  Ensure that this attribute specifies the correct domain value. If the `Domain` attribute in the `Set-cookie` header does not include the domain to which the original request was made, the client or browser might reject the cookie. As specified in RFC 6265, the client accepts a cookie with the `Domain` attribute value `example.com` or `www.example.com` sent from `www.example.com`. It does not accept a cookie with the `Domain` attribute `abc.example.com` or `www.abc.example.com` sent from `www.example.com`.
	//
	// Example: `example.com`
	Domain pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"domain"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `HttpOnly` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `HttpOnly` attribute, which limits the scope of the cookie to HTTP requests. This attribute directs the client or browser to omit the cookie when providing access to cookies through non-HTTP APIs. For example, it restricts the cookie from JavaScript channels.  Example: `true`
	IsHttpOnly pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"isHttpOnly"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `Secure` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `Secure` attribute, which directs the client or browser to send the cookie only using a secure protocol.
	//
	// **Note:** If you set this field to `true`, you cannot associate the corresponding backend set with an HTTP listener.
	//
	// Example: `true`
	IsSecure pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"isSecure"`
	// (Updatable) The amount of time the cookie remains valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a `Max-Age` attribute with the specified value.
	//
	// The specified value must be at least one second. There is no default value for this attribute. If you do not specify a value, the load balancer does not include the `Max-Age` attribute in the `Set-cookie` header. In most cases, the client or browser retains the cookie until the current session ends, as defined by the client.
	//
	// Example: `3600`
	MaxAgeInSeconds pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"maxAgeInSeconds"`
	// (Updatable) The path in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie header` inserted by the load balancer contains a `Path` attribute with the specified value.
	//
	// Clients include the cookie in an HTTP request only if the path portion of the request-uri matches, or is a subdirectory of, the cookie's `Path` attribute.
	//
	// The default value is `/`.
	//
	// Example: `/example`
	Path pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"path"`
}

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ElementType

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (i BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext

func (i BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

func (i BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext

func (i BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput
	ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput
}

BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs and BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput` via:

BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{...}

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) CookieName

(Updatable) The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist. Example: `exampleCookie`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) DisableFallback

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false. Example: `false`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) Domain

(Updatable) The domain in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a domain attribute with the specified value.

This attribute has no default value. If you do not specify a value, the load balancer does not insert the domain attribute into the `Set-cookie` header.

**Notes:** * [RFC 6265 - HTTP State Management Mechanism](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6265.txt) describes client and browser behavior when the domain attribute is present or not present in the `Set-cookie` header.

If the value of the `Domain` attribute is `example.com` in the `Set-cookie` header, the client includes the same cookie in the `Cookie` header when making HTTP requests to `example.com`, `www.example.com`, and `www.abc.example.com`. If the `Domain` attribute is not present, the client returns the cookie only for the domain to which the original request was made. * Ensure that this attribute specifies the correct domain value. If the `Domain` attribute in the `Set-cookie` header does not include the domain to which the original request was made, the client or browser might reject the cookie. As specified in RFC 6265, the client accepts a cookie with the `Domain` attribute value `example.com` or `www.example.com` sent from `www.example.com`. It does not accept a cookie with the `Domain` attribute `abc.example.com` or `www.abc.example.com` sent from `www.example.com`.

Example: `example.com`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ElementType

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) IsHttpOnly

(Updatable) Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `HttpOnly` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `HttpOnly` attribute, which limits the scope of the cookie to HTTP requests. This attribute directs the client or browser to omit the cookie when providing access to cookies through non-HTTP APIs. For example, it restricts the cookie from JavaScript channels. Example: `true`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) IsSecure

(Updatable) Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `Secure` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `Secure` attribute, which directs the client or browser to send the cookie only using a secure protocol.

**Note:** If you set this field to `true`, you cannot associate the corresponding backend set with an HTTP listener.

Example: `true`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) MaxAgeInSeconds

(Updatable) The amount of time the cookie remains valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a `Max-Age` attribute with the specified value.

The specified value must be at least one second. There is no default value for this attribute. If you do not specify a value, the load balancer does not include the `Max-Age` attribute in the `Set-cookie` header. In most cases, the client or browser retains the cookie until the current session ends, as defined by the client.

Example: `3600`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) Path

(Updatable) The path in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie header` inserted by the load balancer contains a `Path` attribute with the specified value.

Clients include the cookie in an HTTP request only if the path portion of the request-uri matches, or is a subdirectory of, the cookie's `Path` attribute.

The default value is `/`.

Example: `/example`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput
	ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput
}

BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs, BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtr and BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput` via:

        BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

type BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) CookieName

(Updatable) The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist. Example: `exampleCookie`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) DisableFallback

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false. Example: `false`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) Domain

(Updatable) The domain in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a domain attribute with the specified value.

This attribute has no default value. If you do not specify a value, the load balancer does not insert the domain attribute into the `Set-cookie` header.

**Notes:** * [RFC 6265 - HTTP State Management Mechanism](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6265.txt) describes client and browser behavior when the domain attribute is present or not present in the `Set-cookie` header.

If the value of the `Domain` attribute is `example.com` in the `Set-cookie` header, the client includes the same cookie in the `Cookie` header when making HTTP requests to `example.com`, `www.example.com`, and `www.abc.example.com`. If the `Domain` attribute is not present, the client returns the cookie only for the domain to which the original request was made. * Ensure that this attribute specifies the correct domain value. If the `Domain` attribute in the `Set-cookie` header does not include the domain to which the original request was made, the client or browser might reject the cookie. As specified in RFC 6265, the client accepts a cookie with the `Domain` attribute value `example.com` or `www.example.com` sent from `www.example.com`. It does not accept a cookie with the `Domain` attribute `abc.example.com` or `www.abc.example.com` sent from `www.example.com`.

Example: `example.com`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) IsHttpOnly

(Updatable) Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `HttpOnly` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `HttpOnly` attribute, which limits the scope of the cookie to HTTP requests. This attribute directs the client or browser to omit the cookie when providing access to cookies through non-HTTP APIs. For example, it restricts the cookie from JavaScript channels. Example: `true`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) IsSecure

(Updatable) Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `Secure` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `Secure` attribute, which directs the client or browser to send the cookie only using a secure protocol.

**Note:** If you set this field to `true`, you cannot associate the corresponding backend set with an HTTP listener.

Example: `true`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) MaxAgeInSeconds

(Updatable) The amount of time the cookie remains valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a `Max-Age` attribute with the specified value.

The specified value must be at least one second. There is no default value for this attribute. If you do not specify a value, the load balancer does not include the `Max-Age` attribute in the `Set-cookie` header. In most cases, the client or browser retains the cookie until the current session ends, as defined by the client.

Example: `3600`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) Path

(Updatable) The path in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie header` inserted by the load balancer contains a `Path` attribute with the specified value.

Clients include the cookie in an HTTP request only if the path portion of the request-uri matches, or is a subdirectory of, the cookie's `Path` attribute.

The default value is `/`.

Example: `/example`

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext

func (o BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

type BackendSetMap

type BackendSetMap map[string]BackendSetInput

func (BackendSetMap) ElementType

func (BackendSetMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetMap) ToBackendSetMapOutput

func (i BackendSetMap) ToBackendSetMapOutput() BackendSetMapOutput

func (BackendSetMap) ToBackendSetMapOutputWithContext

func (i BackendSetMap) ToBackendSetMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetMapOutput

type BackendSetMapInput

type BackendSetMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetMapOutput() BackendSetMapOutput
	ToBackendSetMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetMapOutput
}

BackendSetMapInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetMap and BackendSetMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetMapInput` via:

BackendSetMap{ "key": BackendSetArgs{...} }

type BackendSetMapOutput

type BackendSetMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetMapOutput) ElementType

func (BackendSetMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetMapOutput) MapIndex

func (BackendSetMapOutput) ToBackendSetMapOutput

func (o BackendSetMapOutput) ToBackendSetMapOutput() BackendSetMapOutput

func (BackendSetMapOutput) ToBackendSetMapOutputWithContext

func (o BackendSetMapOutput) ToBackendSetMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetMapOutput

type BackendSetOutput

type BackendSetOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetOutput) Backends added in v0.4.0

func (BackendSetOutput) ElementType

func (BackendSetOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BackendSetOutput) HealthChecker added in v0.4.0

(Updatable) The health check policy's configuration details.

func (BackendSetOutput) LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration added in v0.4.0

func (o BackendSetOutput) LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration() BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

(Updatable) The configuration details for implementing load balancer cookie session persistence (LB cookie stickiness).

Session persistence enables the Load Balancing service to direct all requests that originate from a single logical client to a single backend web server. For more information, see [Session Persistence](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/sessionpersistence.htm).

When you configure LB cookie stickiness, the load balancer inserts a cookie into the response. The parameters configured in the cookie enable session stickiness. This method is useful when you have applications and Web backend services that cannot generate their own cookies.

Path route rules take precedence to determine the target backend server. The load balancer verifies that session stickiness is enabled for the backend server and that the cookie configuration (domain, path, and cookie hash) is valid for the target. The system ignores invalid cookies.

To disable LB cookie stickiness on a running load balancer, use the [UpdateBackendSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/BackendSet/UpdateBackendSet) operation and specify `null` for the `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` object.

Example: `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails: null`

**Note:** `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (application cookie stickiness) and `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (LB cookie stickiness) are mutually exclusive. An error results if you try to enable both types of session persistence.

**Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.

func (BackendSetOutput) LoadBalancerId added in v0.4.0

func (o BackendSetOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add a backend set.

func (BackendSetOutput) Name added in v0.4.0

A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

Valid backend set names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Backend set names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.

Example: `exampleBackendSet`

func (BackendSetOutput) Policy added in v0.4.0

(Updatable) The load balancer policy for the backend set. To get a list of available policies, use the [ListPolicies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerPolicy/ListPolicies) operation. Example: `LEAST_CONNECTIONS`

func (BackendSetOutput) SessionPersistenceConfiguration added in v0.4.0

func (o BackendSetOutput) SessionPersistenceConfiguration() BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

(Updatable) The configuration details for implementing session persistence based on a user-specified cookie name (application cookie stickiness).

Session persistence enables the Load Balancing service to direct any number of requests that originate from a single logical client to a single backend web server. For more information, see [Session Persistence](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/sessionpersistence.htm).

With application cookie stickiness, the load balancer enables session persistence only when the response from a backend application server includes a `Set-cookie` header with the user-specified cookie name.

To disable application cookie stickiness on a running load balancer, use the [UpdateBackendSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/BackendSet/UpdateBackendSet) operation and specify `null` for the `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` object.

Example: `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails: null`

**Note:** `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (application cookie stickiness) and `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (LB cookie stickiness) are mutually exclusive. An error results if you try to enable both types of session persistence.

**Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.

func (BackendSetOutput) SslConfiguration added in v0.4.0

(Updatable) The load balancer's SSL handling configuration details.

**Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.

func (BackendSetOutput) State added in v0.4.0

func (BackendSetOutput) ToBackendSetOutput

func (o BackendSetOutput) ToBackendSetOutput() BackendSetOutput

func (BackendSetOutput) ToBackendSetOutputWithContext

func (o BackendSetOutput) ToBackendSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetOutput

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfiguration

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfiguration struct {
	// (Updatable) The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist.  Example: `exampleCookie`
	CookieName string `pulumi:"cookieName"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false.  Example: `false`
	DisableFallback *bool `pulumi:"disableFallback"`
}

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist.  Example: `exampleCookie`
	CookieName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"cookieName"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false.  Example: `false`
	DisableFallback pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"disableFallback"`
}

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ElementType

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (i BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext

func (i BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

func (i BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext

func (i BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput
	ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput
}

BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs and BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput` via:

BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{...}

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) CookieName

(Updatable) The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist. Example: `exampleCookie`

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) DisableFallback

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false. Example: `false`

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ElementType

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (o BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext

func (o BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

func (o BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext

func (o BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput
	ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput
}

BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs, BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtr and BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput` via:

        BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

type BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) CookieName

(Updatable) The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist. Example: `exampleCookie`

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) DisableFallback

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false. Example: `false`

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

func (o BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext

func (o BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrOutput

type BackendSetSslConfiguration

type BackendSetSslConfiguration struct {
	// (Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed.  Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`
	CertificateIds []string `pulumi:"certificateIds"`
	// (Updatable) A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName *string `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// (Updatable) The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	//
	// If this field is not specified, the default is `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1`.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. Clients cannot perform an SSL handshake if there is an incompatible configuration.
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the ciphers configured in the cipher suite and the configured certificates. For example, RSA-based ciphers require RSA certificates and ECDSA-based ciphers require ECDSA certificates.
	// *  If the cipher configuration is not modified after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature.
	// *  If the cipher configuration was modified using Oracle operations after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature.
	// *  The `GET` operation returns `oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing backend sets that predate this feature.
	// *  If the `GET` operation on a listener returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field, you must specify an appropriate predefined or custom cipher suite name when updating the resource.
	// *  The `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` Oracle reserved cipher suite name is not accepted as valid input for this field.
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	CipherSuiteName *string `pulumi:"cipherSuiteName"`
	// (Updatable) A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	//
	// The load balancer uses SSL protocols to establish a secure connection between a client and a server. A secure connection ensures that all data passed between the client and the server is private.
	//
	// The Load Balancing service supports the following protocols:
	// *  TLSv1
	// *  TLSv1.1
	// *  TLSv1.2
	//
	// If this field is not specified, TLSv1.2 is the default.
	//
	// **Warning:** All SSL listeners created on a given port must use the same set of SSL protocols.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  The handshake to establish an SSL connection fails if the client supports none of the specified protocols.
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite.
	// *  For all existing load balancer listeners and backend sets that predate this feature, the `GET` operation displays a list of SSL protocols currently used by those resources.
	//
	// example: `["TLSv1.1", "TLSv1.2"]`
	Protocols []string `pulumi:"protocols"`
	// (Updatable) When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.
	//
	// **Note:** This configuration is applicable only when the load balancer is acting as an SSL/HTTPS server. This field is ignored when the `SSLConfiguration` object is associated with a backend set.
	ServerOrderPreference *string `pulumi:"serverOrderPreference"`
	// (Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust.  Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`
	TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds []string `pulumi:"trustedCertificateAuthorityIds"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification.  Example: `3`
	VerifyDepth *int `pulumi:"verifyDepth"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates.  Example: `true`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	VerifyPeerCertificate *bool `pulumi:"verifyPeerCertificate"`
}

type BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs

type BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed.  Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`
	CertificateIds pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"certificateIds"`
	// (Updatable) A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// (Updatable) The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	//
	// If this field is not specified, the default is `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1`.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. Clients cannot perform an SSL handshake if there is an incompatible configuration.
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the ciphers configured in the cipher suite and the configured certificates. For example, RSA-based ciphers require RSA certificates and ECDSA-based ciphers require ECDSA certificates.
	// *  If the cipher configuration is not modified after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature.
	// *  If the cipher configuration was modified using Oracle operations after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature.
	// *  The `GET` operation returns `oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing backend sets that predate this feature.
	// *  If the `GET` operation on a listener returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field, you must specify an appropriate predefined or custom cipher suite name when updating the resource.
	// *  The `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` Oracle reserved cipher suite name is not accepted as valid input for this field.
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	CipherSuiteName pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"cipherSuiteName"`
	// (Updatable) A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	//
	// The load balancer uses SSL protocols to establish a secure connection between a client and a server. A secure connection ensures that all data passed between the client and the server is private.
	//
	// The Load Balancing service supports the following protocols:
	// *  TLSv1
	// *  TLSv1.1
	// *  TLSv1.2
	//
	// If this field is not specified, TLSv1.2 is the default.
	//
	// **Warning:** All SSL listeners created on a given port must use the same set of SSL protocols.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  The handshake to establish an SSL connection fails if the client supports none of the specified protocols.
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite.
	// *  For all existing load balancer listeners and backend sets that predate this feature, the `GET` operation displays a list of SSL protocols currently used by those resources.
	//
	// example: `["TLSv1.1", "TLSv1.2"]`
	Protocols pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"protocols"`
	// (Updatable) When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.
	//
	// **Note:** This configuration is applicable only when the load balancer is acting as an SSL/HTTPS server. This field is ignored when the `SSLConfiguration` object is associated with a backend set.
	ServerOrderPreference pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"serverOrderPreference"`
	// (Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust.  Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`
	TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"trustedCertificateAuthorityIds"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification.  Example: `3`
	VerifyDepth pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"verifyDepth"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates.  Example: `true`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	VerifyPeerCertificate pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"verifyPeerCertificate"`
}

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ElementType

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutput

func (i BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutput() BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext

func (i BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (i BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext

func (i BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput

type BackendSetSslConfigurationInput

type BackendSetSslConfigurationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutput() BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput
	ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput
}

BackendSetSslConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs and BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetSslConfigurationInput` via:

BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs{...}

type BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput

type BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateIds

(Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed. Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateName

(Updatable) A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) CipherSuiteName

(Updatable) The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.

If this field is not specified, the default is `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1`.

**Notes:** * You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. Clients cannot perform an SSL handshake if there is an incompatible configuration. * You must ensure compatibility between the ciphers configured in the cipher suite and the configured certificates. For example, RSA-based ciphers require RSA certificates and ECDSA-based ciphers require ECDSA certificates. * If the cipher configuration is not modified after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature. * If the cipher configuration was modified using Oracle operations after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature. * The `GET` operation returns `oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing backend sets that predate this feature. * If the `GET` operation on a listener returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field, you must specify an appropriate predefined or custom cipher suite name when updating the resource. * The `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` Oracle reserved cipher suite name is not accepted as valid input for this field.

example: `exampleCipherSuite`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ElementType

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) Protocols

(Updatable) A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.

The load balancer uses SSL protocols to establish a secure connection between a client and a server. A secure connection ensures that all data passed between the client and the server is private.

The Load Balancing service supports the following protocols: * TLSv1 * TLSv1.1 * TLSv1.2

If this field is not specified, TLSv1.2 is the default.

**Warning:** All SSL listeners created on a given port must use the same set of SSL protocols.

**Notes:** * The handshake to establish an SSL connection fails if the client supports none of the specified protocols. * You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. * For all existing load balancer listeners and backend sets that predate this feature, the `GET` operation displays a list of SSL protocols currently used by those resources.

example: `["TLSv1.1", "TLSv1.2"]`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ServerOrderPreference

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ServerOrderPreference() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.

**Note:** This configuration is applicable only when the load balancer is acting as an SSL/HTTPS server. This field is ignored when the `SSLConfiguration` object is associated with a backend set.

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutput

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutput() BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust. Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyDepth

(Updatable) The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification. Example: `3`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates. Example: `true`

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

type BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrInput

type BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput
	ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput
}

BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrInput is an input type that accepts BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs, BackendSetSslConfigurationPtr and BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrInput` via:

        BackendSetSslConfigurationArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput

type BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CertificateIds

(Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed. Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CertificateName

(Updatable) A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CipherSuiteName

(Updatable) The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.

If this field is not specified, the default is `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1`.

**Notes:** * You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. Clients cannot perform an SSL handshake if there is an incompatible configuration. * You must ensure compatibility between the ciphers configured in the cipher suite and the configured certificates. For example, RSA-based ciphers require RSA certificates and ECDSA-based ciphers require ECDSA certificates. * If the cipher configuration is not modified after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature. * If the cipher configuration was modified using Oracle operations after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature. * The `GET` operation returns `oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing backend sets that predate this feature. * If the `GET` operation on a listener returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field, you must specify an appropriate predefined or custom cipher suite name when updating the resource. * The `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` Oracle reserved cipher suite name is not accepted as valid input for this field.

example: `exampleCipherSuite`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) Protocols

(Updatable) A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.

The load balancer uses SSL protocols to establish a secure connection between a client and a server. A secure connection ensures that all data passed between the client and the server is private.

The Load Balancing service supports the following protocols: * TLSv1 * TLSv1.1 * TLSv1.2

If this field is not specified, TLSv1.2 is the default.

**Warning:** All SSL listeners created on a given port must use the same set of SSL protocols.

**Notes:** * The handshake to establish an SSL connection fails if the client supports none of the specified protocols. * You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. * For all existing load balancer listeners and backend sets that predate this feature, the `GET` operation displays a list of SSL protocols currently used by those resources.

example: `["TLSv1.1", "TLSv1.2"]`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ServerOrderPreference

(Updatable) When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.

**Note:** This configuration is applicable only when the load balancer is acting as an SSL/HTTPS server. This field is ignored when the `SSLConfiguration` object is associated with a backend set.

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput() BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ToBackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust. Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) VerifyDepth

(Updatable) The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification. Example: `3`

func (BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate

func (o BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates. Example: `true`

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

type BackendSetState

type BackendSetState struct {
	Backends BackendSetBackendArrayInput
	// (Updatable) The health check policy's configuration details.
	HealthChecker BackendSetHealthCheckerPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The configuration details for implementing load balancer cookie session persistence (LB cookie stickiness).
	//
	// Session persistence enables the Load Balancing service to direct all requests that originate from a single logical client to a single backend web server. For more information, see [Session Persistence](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/sessionpersistence.htm).
	//
	// When you configure LB cookie stickiness, the load balancer inserts a cookie into the response. The parameters configured in the cookie enable session stickiness. This method is useful when you have applications and Web backend services that cannot generate their own cookies.
	//
	// Path route rules take precedence to determine the target backend server. The load balancer verifies that session stickiness is enabled for the backend server and that the cookie configuration (domain, path, and cookie hash) is valid for the target. The system ignores invalid cookies.
	//
	// To disable LB cookie stickiness on a running load balancer, use the [UpdateBackendSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/BackendSet/UpdateBackendSet) operation and specify `null` for the `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` object.
	//
	// Example: `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails: null`
	//
	// **Note:** `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (application cookie stickiness) and `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (LB cookie stickiness) are mutually exclusive. An error results if you try to enable both types of session persistence.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration BackendSetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add a backend set.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	//
	// Valid backend set names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Backend set names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The load balancer policy for the backend set. To get a list of available policies, use the [ListPolicies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerPolicy/ListPolicies) operation.  Example: `LEAST_CONNECTIONS`
	Policy pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The configuration details for implementing session persistence based on a user-specified cookie name (application cookie stickiness).
	//
	// Session persistence enables the Load Balancing service to direct any number of requests that originate from a single logical client to a single backend web server. For more information, see [Session Persistence](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/sessionpersistence.htm).
	//
	// With application cookie stickiness, the load balancer enables session persistence only when the response from a backend application server includes a `Set-cookie` header with the user-specified cookie name.
	//
	// To disable application cookie stickiness on a running load balancer, use the [UpdateBackendSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/BackendSet/UpdateBackendSet) operation and specify `null` for the `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` object.
	//
	// Example: `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails: null`
	//
	// **Note:** `SessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (application cookie stickiness) and `LBCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationDetails` (LB cookie stickiness) are mutually exclusive. An error results if you try to enable both types of session persistence.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SessionPersistenceConfiguration BackendSetSessionPersistenceConfigurationPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The load balancer's SSL handling configuration details.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SslConfiguration BackendSetSslConfigurationPtrInput
	State            pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (BackendSetState) ElementType

func (BackendSetState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type BackendState

type BackendState struct {
	// The name of the backend set to add the backend server to.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendsetName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	//
	// **Note:** You cannot add a backend server marked as `backup` to a backend set that uses the IP Hash policy.
	//
	// Example: `false`
	Backup pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// The communication port for the backend server.  Example: `8080`
	Port  pulumi.IntPtrInput
	State pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Weight pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

func (BackendState) ElementType

func (BackendState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type Certificate

type Certificate struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// The Certificate Authority certificate, or any interim certificate, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
	// MIIEczCCA1ugAwIBAgIBADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQQFAD..AkGA1UEBhMCR0Ix
	// EzARBgNVBAgTClNvbWUtU3RhdGUxFDASBgNVBAoTC0..0EgTHRkMTcwNQYD
	// VQQLEy5DbGFzcyAxIFB1YmxpYyBQcmltYXJ5IENlcn..XRpb24gQXV0aG9y
	// aXR5MRQwEgYDVQQDEwtCZXN0IENBIEx0ZDAeFw0wMD..TUwMTZaFw0wMTAy
	// ...
	// -----END CERTIFICATE-----
	CaCertificate pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"caCertificate"`
	// A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add the certificate bundle.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A passphrase for encrypted private keys. This is needed only if you created your certificate with a passphrase.
	Passphrase pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"passphrase"`
	// The SSL private key for your certificate, in PEM format.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
	// jO1O1v2ftXMsawM90tnXwc6xhOAT1gDBC9S8DKeca..JZNUgYYwNS0dP2UK
	// tmyN+XqVcAKw4HqVmChXy5b5msu8eIq3uc2NqNVtR..2ksSLukP8pxXcHyb
	// +sEwvM4uf8qbnHAqwnOnP9+KV9vds6BaH1eRA4CHz..n+NVZlzBsTxTlS16
	// /Umr7wJzVrMqK5sDiSu4WuaaBdqMGfL5hLsTjcBFD..Da2iyQmSKuVD4lIZ
	// ...
	// -----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
	PrivateKey pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"privateKey"`
	// The public certificate, in PEM format, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
	// MIIC2jCCAkMCAg38MA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBQUAMIGbM..QswCQYDVQQGEwJKU
	// A1UECBMFVG9reW8xEDAOBgNVBAcTB0NodW8ta3UxE..TAPBgNVBAoTCEZyY
	// MRgwFgYDVQQLEw9XZWJDZXJ0IFN1cHBvcnQxGDAWB..gNVBAMTD0ZyYW5rN
	// YiBDQTEjMCEGCSqGSIb3DQEJARYUc3VwcG9ydEBmc..mFuazRkZC5jb20wH
	// ...
	// -----END CERTIFICATE-----
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	PublicCertificate pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"publicCertificate"`
	State             pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
}

## Example Usage

## Import

Certificates can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/certificate:Certificate test_certificate "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/certificates/{certificateName}" ```

func GetCertificate

func GetCertificate(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *CertificateState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Certificate, error)

GetCertificate gets an existing Certificate resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewCertificate

func NewCertificate(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *CertificateArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Certificate, error)

NewCertificate registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Certificate) ElementType

func (*Certificate) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Certificate) ToCertificateOutput

func (i *Certificate) ToCertificateOutput() CertificateOutput

func (*Certificate) ToCertificateOutputWithContext

func (i *Certificate) ToCertificateOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateOutput

type CertificateArgs

type CertificateArgs struct {
	// The Certificate Authority certificate, or any interim certificate, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
	// MIIEczCCA1ugAwIBAgIBADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQQFAD..AkGA1UEBhMCR0Ix
	// EzARBgNVBAgTClNvbWUtU3RhdGUxFDASBgNVBAoTC0..0EgTHRkMTcwNQYD
	// VQQLEy5DbGFzcyAxIFB1YmxpYyBQcmltYXJ5IENlcn..XRpb24gQXV0aG9y
	// aXR5MRQwEgYDVQQDEwtCZXN0IENBIEx0ZDAeFw0wMD..TUwMTZaFw0wMTAy
	// ...
	// -----END CERTIFICATE-----
	CaCertificate pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName pulumi.StringInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add the certificate bundle.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// A passphrase for encrypted private keys. This is needed only if you created your certificate with a passphrase.
	Passphrase pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The SSL private key for your certificate, in PEM format.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
	// jO1O1v2ftXMsawM90tnXwc6xhOAT1gDBC9S8DKeca..JZNUgYYwNS0dP2UK
	// tmyN+XqVcAKw4HqVmChXy5b5msu8eIq3uc2NqNVtR..2ksSLukP8pxXcHyb
	// +sEwvM4uf8qbnHAqwnOnP9+KV9vds6BaH1eRA4CHz..n+NVZlzBsTxTlS16
	// /Umr7wJzVrMqK5sDiSu4WuaaBdqMGfL5hLsTjcBFD..Da2iyQmSKuVD4lIZ
	// ...
	// -----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
	PrivateKey pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The public certificate, in PEM format, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
	// MIIC2jCCAkMCAg38MA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBQUAMIGbM..QswCQYDVQQGEwJKU
	// A1UECBMFVG9reW8xEDAOBgNVBAcTB0NodW8ta3UxE..TAPBgNVBAoTCEZyY
	// MRgwFgYDVQQLEw9XZWJDZXJ0IFN1cHBvcnQxGDAWB..gNVBAMTD0ZyYW5rN
	// YiBDQTEjMCEGCSqGSIb3DQEJARYUc3VwcG9ydEBmc..mFuazRkZC5jb20wH
	// ...
	// -----END CERTIFICATE-----
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	PublicCertificate pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Certificate resource.

func (CertificateArgs) ElementType

func (CertificateArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type CertificateArray

type CertificateArray []CertificateInput

func (CertificateArray) ElementType

func (CertificateArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (CertificateArray) ToCertificateArrayOutput

func (i CertificateArray) ToCertificateArrayOutput() CertificateArrayOutput

func (CertificateArray) ToCertificateArrayOutputWithContext

func (i CertificateArray) ToCertificateArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateArrayOutput

type CertificateArrayInput

type CertificateArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToCertificateArrayOutput() CertificateArrayOutput
	ToCertificateArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) CertificateArrayOutput
}

CertificateArrayInput is an input type that accepts CertificateArray and CertificateArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `CertificateArrayInput` via:

CertificateArray{ CertificateArgs{...} }

type CertificateArrayOutput

type CertificateArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (CertificateArrayOutput) ElementType

func (CertificateArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (CertificateArrayOutput) Index

func (CertificateArrayOutput) ToCertificateArrayOutput

func (o CertificateArrayOutput) ToCertificateArrayOutput() CertificateArrayOutput

func (CertificateArrayOutput) ToCertificateArrayOutputWithContext

func (o CertificateArrayOutput) ToCertificateArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateArrayOutput

type CertificateInput

type CertificateInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToCertificateOutput() CertificateOutput
	ToCertificateOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateOutput
}

type CertificateMap

type CertificateMap map[string]CertificateInput

func (CertificateMap) ElementType

func (CertificateMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (CertificateMap) ToCertificateMapOutput

func (i CertificateMap) ToCertificateMapOutput() CertificateMapOutput

func (CertificateMap) ToCertificateMapOutputWithContext

func (i CertificateMap) ToCertificateMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateMapOutput

type CertificateMapInput

type CertificateMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToCertificateMapOutput() CertificateMapOutput
	ToCertificateMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) CertificateMapOutput
}

CertificateMapInput is an input type that accepts CertificateMap and CertificateMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `CertificateMapInput` via:

CertificateMap{ "key": CertificateArgs{...} }

type CertificateMapOutput

type CertificateMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (CertificateMapOutput) ElementType

func (CertificateMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (CertificateMapOutput) MapIndex

func (CertificateMapOutput) ToCertificateMapOutput

func (o CertificateMapOutput) ToCertificateMapOutput() CertificateMapOutput

func (CertificateMapOutput) ToCertificateMapOutputWithContext

func (o CertificateMapOutput) ToCertificateMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateMapOutput

type CertificateOutput

type CertificateOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (CertificateOutput) CaCertificate added in v0.4.0

func (o CertificateOutput) CaCertificate() pulumi.StringOutput

The Certificate Authority certificate, or any interim certificate, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.

Example:

-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- MIIEczCCA1ugAwIBAgIBADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQQFAD..AkGA1UEBhMCR0Ix EzARBgNVBAgTClNvbWUtU3RhdGUxFDASBgNVBAoTC0..0EgTHRkMTcwNQYD VQQLEy5DbGFzcyAxIFB1YmxpYyBQcmltYXJ5IENlcn..XRpb24gQXV0aG9y aXR5MRQwEgYDVQQDEwtCZXN0IENBIEx0ZDAeFw0wMD..TUwMTZaFw0wMTAy ... -----END CERTIFICATE-----

func (CertificateOutput) CertificateName added in v0.4.0

func (o CertificateOutput) CertificateName() pulumi.StringOutput

A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`

func (CertificateOutput) ElementType

func (CertificateOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (CertificateOutput) LoadBalancerId added in v0.4.0

func (o CertificateOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add the certificate bundle.

func (CertificateOutput) Passphrase added in v0.4.0

func (o CertificateOutput) Passphrase() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

A passphrase for encrypted private keys. This is needed only if you created your certificate with a passphrase.

func (CertificateOutput) PrivateKey added in v0.4.0

func (o CertificateOutput) PrivateKey() pulumi.StringOutput

The SSL private key for your certificate, in PEM format.

Example:

-----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY----- jO1O1v2ftXMsawM90tnXwc6xhOAT1gDBC9S8DKeca..JZNUgYYwNS0dP2UK tmyN+XqVcAKw4HqVmChXy5b5msu8eIq3uc2NqNVtR..2ksSLukP8pxXcHyb +sEwvM4uf8qbnHAqwnOnP9+KV9vds6BaH1eRA4CHz..n+NVZlzBsTxTlS16 /Umr7wJzVrMqK5sDiSu4WuaaBdqMGfL5hLsTjcBFD..Da2iyQmSKuVD4lIZ ... -----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----

func (CertificateOutput) PublicCertificate added in v0.4.0

func (o CertificateOutput) PublicCertificate() pulumi.StringOutput

The public certificate, in PEM format, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.

Example:

-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- MIIC2jCCAkMCAg38MA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBQUAMIGbM..QswCQYDVQQGEwJKU A1UECBMFVG9reW8xEDAOBgNVBAcTB0NodW8ta3UxE..TAPBgNVBAoTCEZyY MRgwFgYDVQQLEw9XZWJDZXJ0IFN1cHBvcnQxGDAWB..gNVBAMTD0ZyYW5rN YiBDQTEjMCEGCSqGSIb3DQEJARYUc3VwcG9ydEBmc..mFuazRkZC5jb20wH ... -----END CERTIFICATE-----

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

func (CertificateOutput) State added in v0.4.0

func (CertificateOutput) ToCertificateOutput

func (o CertificateOutput) ToCertificateOutput() CertificateOutput

func (CertificateOutput) ToCertificateOutputWithContext

func (o CertificateOutput) ToCertificateOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) CertificateOutput

type CertificateState

type CertificateState struct {
	// The Certificate Authority certificate, or any interim certificate, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
	// MIIEczCCA1ugAwIBAgIBADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQQFAD..AkGA1UEBhMCR0Ix
	// EzARBgNVBAgTClNvbWUtU3RhdGUxFDASBgNVBAoTC0..0EgTHRkMTcwNQYD
	// VQQLEy5DbGFzcyAxIFB1YmxpYyBQcmltYXJ5IENlcn..XRpb24gQXV0aG9y
	// aXR5MRQwEgYDVQQDEwtCZXN0IENBIEx0ZDAeFw0wMD..TUwMTZaFw0wMTAy
	// ...
	// -----END CERTIFICATE-----
	CaCertificate pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add the certificate bundle.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// A passphrase for encrypted private keys. This is needed only if you created your certificate with a passphrase.
	Passphrase pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The SSL private key for your certificate, in PEM format.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
	// jO1O1v2ftXMsawM90tnXwc6xhOAT1gDBC9S8DKeca..JZNUgYYwNS0dP2UK
	// tmyN+XqVcAKw4HqVmChXy5b5msu8eIq3uc2NqNVtR..2ksSLukP8pxXcHyb
	// +sEwvM4uf8qbnHAqwnOnP9+KV9vds6BaH1eRA4CHz..n+NVZlzBsTxTlS16
	// /Umr7wJzVrMqK5sDiSu4WuaaBdqMGfL5hLsTjcBFD..Da2iyQmSKuVD4lIZ
	// ...
	// -----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
	PrivateKey pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The public certificate, in PEM format, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	//
	// Example:
	//
	// -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
	// MIIC2jCCAkMCAg38MA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBQUAMIGbM..QswCQYDVQQGEwJKU
	// A1UECBMFVG9reW8xEDAOBgNVBAcTB0NodW8ta3UxE..TAPBgNVBAoTCEZyY
	// MRgwFgYDVQQLEw9XZWJDZXJ0IFN1cHBvcnQxGDAWB..gNVBAMTD0ZyYW5rN
	// YiBDQTEjMCEGCSqGSIb3DQEJARYUc3VwcG9ydEBmc..mFuazRkZC5jb20wH
	// ...
	// -----END CERTIFICATE-----
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	PublicCertificate pulumi.StringPtrInput
	State             pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (CertificateState) ElementType

func (CertificateState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetBackendHealthArgs

type GetBackendHealthArgs struct {
	// The IP address and port of the backend server to retrieve the health status for.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	BackendName string `pulumi:"backendName"`
	// The name of the backend set associated with the backend server to retrieve the health status for.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend server health status to be retrieved.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getBackendHealth.

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResult

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResult struct {
	// The result of the most recent health check.
	HealthCheckStatus string `pulumi:"healthCheckStatus"`
	// The IP address of the health check status report provider. This identifier helps you differentiate same-subnet load balancers that report health check status.  Example: `10.0.0.7`
	SourceIpAddress string `pulumi:"sourceIpAddress"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the subnet hosting the load balancer that reported this health check status.
	SubnetId string `pulumi:"subnetId"`
	// The date and time the data was retrieved, in the format defined by RFC3339.  Example: `2017-06-02T18:28:11+00:00`
	Timestamp string `pulumi:"timestamp"`
}

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs struct {
	// The result of the most recent health check.
	HealthCheckStatus pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"healthCheckStatus"`
	// The IP address of the health check status report provider. This identifier helps you differentiate same-subnet load balancers that report health check status.  Example: `10.0.0.7`
	SourceIpAddress pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"sourceIpAddress"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the subnet hosting the load balancer that reported this health check status.
	SubnetId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"subnetId"`
	// The date and time the data was retrieved, in the format defined by RFC3339.  Example: `2017-06-02T18:28:11+00:00`
	Timestamp pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"timestamp"`
}

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs) ElementType

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput

func (i GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput() GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray []GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultInput

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray) ElementType

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput

func (i GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput() GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayInput

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput() GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput
}

GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray and GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayInput` via:

GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArray{ GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs{...} }

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput) Index

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput

func (o GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput() GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArrayOutput

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultInput

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput() GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput
	ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput
}

GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs and GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultInput` via:

GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultArgs{...}

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput

type GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) HealthCheckStatus

The result of the most recent health check.

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) SourceIpAddress

The IP address of the health check status report provider. This identifier helps you differentiate same-subnet load balancers that report health check status. Example: `10.0.0.7`

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) SubnetId

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the subnet hosting the load balancer that reported this health check status.

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) Timestamp

The date and time the data was retrieved, in the format defined by RFC3339. Example: `2017-06-02T18:28:11+00:00`

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput

func (o GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput() GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput

func (GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput) ToGetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResultOutput

type GetBackendHealthOutputArgs

type GetBackendHealthOutputArgs struct {
	// The IP address and port of the backend server to retrieve the health status for.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	BackendName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendName"`
	// The name of the backend set associated with the backend server to retrieve the health status for.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendSetName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend server health status to be retrieved.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getBackendHealth.

func (GetBackendHealthOutputArgs) ElementType

func (GetBackendHealthOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetBackendHealthResult

type GetBackendHealthResult struct {
	BackendName    string `pulumi:"backendName"`
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// A list of the most recent health check results returned for the specified backend server.
	HealthCheckResults []GetBackendHealthHealthCheckResult `pulumi:"healthCheckResults"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The general health status of the specified backend server as reported by the primary and standby load balancers.
	// *   **OK:** Both health checks returned `OK`.
	// *   **WARNING:** One health check returned `OK` and one did not.
	// *   **CRITICAL:** Neither health check returned `OK`.
	// *   **UNKNOWN:** One or both health checks returned `UNKNOWN`, or the system was unable to retrieve metrics at this time.
	Status string `pulumi:"status"`
}

A collection of values returned by getBackendHealth.

func GetBackendHealth

func GetBackendHealth(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetBackendHealthArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetBackendHealthResult, error)

This data source provides details about a specific Backend Health resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Gets the current health status of the specified backend server.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetBackendHealth(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetBackendHealthArgs{
			BackendName:    testBackend.Name,
			BackendSetName: testBackendSet.Name,
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetBackendHealthResultOutput

type GetBackendHealthResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getBackendHealth.

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) BackendName

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) BackendSetName

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) HealthCheckResults

A list of the most recent health check results returned for the specified backend server.

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) Id

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) Status

The general health status of the specified backend server as reported by the primary and standby load balancers. * **OK:** Both health checks returned `OK`. * **WARNING:** One health check returned `OK` and one did not. * **CRITICAL:** Neither health check returned `OK`. * **UNKNOWN:** One or both health checks returned `UNKNOWN`, or the system was unable to retrieve metrics at this time.

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) ToGetBackendHealthResultOutput

func (o GetBackendHealthResultOutput) ToGetBackendHealthResultOutput() GetBackendHealthResultOutput

func (GetBackendHealthResultOutput) ToGetBackendHealthResultOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendHealthResultOutput) ToGetBackendHealthResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendHealthResultOutput

type GetBackendSetHealthArgs

type GetBackendSetHealthArgs struct {
	// The name of the backend set to retrieve the health status for.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set health status to be retrieved.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getBackendSetHealth.

type GetBackendSetHealthOutputArgs

type GetBackendSetHealthOutputArgs struct {
	// The name of the backend set to retrieve the health status for.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendSetName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set health status to be retrieved.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getBackendSetHealth.

func (GetBackendSetHealthOutputArgs) ElementType

type GetBackendSetHealthResult

type GetBackendSetHealthResult struct {
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// A list of backend servers that are currently in the `CRITICAL` health state. The list identifies each backend server by IP address and port.  Example: `10.0.0.4:8080`
	CriticalStateBackendNames []string `pulumi:"criticalStateBackendNames"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// Overall health status of the backend set.
	// *  **OK:** All backend servers in the backend set return a status of `OK`.
	// *  **WARNING:** Half or more of the backend set's backend servers return a status of `OK` and at least one backend server returns a status of `WARNING`, `CRITICAL`, or `UNKNOWN`.
	// *  **CRITICAL:** Fewer than half of the backend set's backend servers return a status of `OK`.
	// *  **UNKNOWN:** More than half of the backend set's backend servers return a status of `UNKNOWN`, the system was unable to retrieve metrics, or the backend set does not have a listener attached.
	Status string `pulumi:"status"`
	// The total number of backend servers in this backend set.  Example: `7`
	TotalBackendCount int `pulumi:"totalBackendCount"`
	// A list of backend servers that are currently in the `UNKNOWN` health state. The list identifies each backend server by IP address and port.  Example: `10.0.0.5:8080`
	UnknownStateBackendNames []string `pulumi:"unknownStateBackendNames"`
	// A list of backend servers that are currently in the `WARNING` health state. The list identifies each backend server by IP address and port.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	WarningStateBackendNames []string `pulumi:"warningStateBackendNames"`
}

A collection of values returned by getBackendSetHealth.

func GetBackendSetHealth

func GetBackendSetHealth(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetBackendSetHealthArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetBackendSetHealthResult, error)

This data source provides details about a specific Backend Set Health resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Gets the health status for the specified backend set.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetBackendSetHealth(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetBackendSetHealthArgs{
			BackendSetName: testBackendSet.Name,
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput

type GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getBackendSetHealth.

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) BackendSetName

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) CriticalStateBackendNames

func (o GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) CriticalStateBackendNames() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

A list of backend servers that are currently in the `CRITICAL` health state. The list identifies each backend server by IP address and port. Example: `10.0.0.4:8080`

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) Id

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) Status

Overall health status of the backend set. * **OK:** All backend servers in the backend set return a status of `OK`. * **WARNING:** Half or more of the backend set's backend servers return a status of `OK` and at least one backend server returns a status of `WARNING`, `CRITICAL`, or `UNKNOWN`. * **CRITICAL:** Fewer than half of the backend set's backend servers return a status of `OK`. * **UNKNOWN:** More than half of the backend set's backend servers return a status of `UNKNOWN`, the system was unable to retrieve metrics, or the backend set does not have a listener attached.

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) ToGetBackendSetHealthResultOutput

func (o GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) ToGetBackendSetHealthResultOutput() GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) ToGetBackendSetHealthResultOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) ToGetBackendSetHealthResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) TotalBackendCount

func (o GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) TotalBackendCount() pulumi.IntOutput

The total number of backend servers in this backend set. Example: `7`

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) UnknownStateBackendNames

func (o GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) UnknownStateBackendNames() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

A list of backend servers that are currently in the `UNKNOWN` health state. The list identifies each backend server by IP address and port. Example: `10.0.0.5:8080`

func (GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) WarningStateBackendNames

func (o GetBackendSetHealthResultOutput) WarningStateBackendNames() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

A list of backend servers that are currently in the `WARNING` health state. The list identifies each backend server by IP address and port. Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`

type GetBackendSetsArgs

type GetBackendSetsArgs struct {
	Filters []GetBackendSetsFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend sets to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getBackendSets.

type GetBackendSetsBackendset

type GetBackendSetsBackendset struct {
	Backends []GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackend `pulumi:"backends"`
	// The health check policy configuration. For more information, see [Editing Health Check Policies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/editinghealthcheck.htm).
	HealthCheckers []GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthChecker `pulumi:"healthCheckers"`
	Id             string                                  `pulumi:"id"`
	// The configuration details for implementing load balancer cookie session persistence (LB cookie stickiness).
	LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurations []GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration `pulumi:"lbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurations"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend sets to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The load balancer policy for the backend set. To get a list of available policies, use the [ListPolicies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerPolicy/ListPolicies) operation.  Example: `LEAST_CONNECTIONS`
	Policy string `pulumi:"policy"`
	// The configuration details for implementing session persistence based on a user-specified cookie name (application cookie stickiness).
	SessionPersistenceConfigurations []GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfiguration `pulumi:"sessionPersistenceConfigurations"`
	// A listener's SSL handling configuration.
	SslConfigurations []GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfiguration `pulumi:"sslConfigurations"`
	State             string                                     `pulumi:"state"`
}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs struct {
	Backends GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayInput `pulumi:"backends"`
	// The health check policy configuration. For more information, see [Editing Health Check Policies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/editinghealthcheck.htm).
	HealthCheckers GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayInput `pulumi:"healthCheckers"`
	Id             pulumi.StringInput                              `pulumi:"id"`
	// The configuration details for implementing load balancer cookie session persistence (LB cookie stickiness).
	LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurations GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput `pulumi:"lbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurations"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend sets to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The load balancer policy for the backend set. To get a list of available policies, use the [ListPolicies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerPolicy/ListPolicies) operation.  Example: `LEAST_CONNECTIONS`
	Policy pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"policy"`
	// The configuration details for implementing session persistence based on a user-specified cookie name (application cookie stickiness).
	SessionPersistenceConfigurations GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput `pulumi:"sessionPersistenceConfigurations"`
	// A listener's SSL handling configuration.
	SslConfigurations GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayInput `pulumi:"sslConfigurations"`
	State             pulumi.StringInput                                 `pulumi:"state"`
}

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray []GetBackendSetsBackendsetInput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayInput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray and GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayInput` via:

GetBackendSetsBackendsetArray{ GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs{...} }

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput) Index

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackend

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackend struct {
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	Backup bool `pulumi:"backup"`
	// Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain bool `pulumi:"drain"`
	// The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress string `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline bool `pulumi:"offline"`
	// The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object.  Example: `8080`
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
	// The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	Weight int `pulumi:"weight"`
}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs struct {
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	Backup pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"backup"`
	// Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"drain"`
	// The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"offline"`
	// The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object.  Example: `8080`
	Port pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"port"`
	// The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	Weight pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"weight"`
}

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray []GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendInput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayInput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray and GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayInput` via:

GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArray{ GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs{...} }

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput) Index

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendInput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs and GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendInput` via:

GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendArgs{...}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Backup

Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Drain

Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic. Example: `false`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) IpAddress

The IP address of the backend server. Example: `10.0.0.3`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Name

A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Offline

Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic. Example: `false`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Port

The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object. Example: `8080`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetBackendOutput) Weight

The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm). Example: `3`

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthChecker

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthChecker struct {
	// The interval between health checks, in milliseconds. The default is 10000 (10 seconds).  Example: `10000`
	IntervalMs int `pulumi:"intervalMs"`
	// Specifies if health checks should always be done using plain text instead of depending on whether or not the associated backend set is using SSL.
	IsForcePlainText bool `pulumi:"isForcePlainText"`
	// The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object.  Example: `8080`
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
	// The protocol the health check must use; either HTTP or TCP.  Example: `HTTP`
	Protocol string `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// A regular expression for parsing the response body from the backend server.  Example: `^((?!false).|\s)*$`
	ResponseBodyRegex string `pulumi:"responseBodyRegex"`
	// The number of retries to attempt before a backend server is considered "unhealthy". This number also applies when recovering a server to the "healthy" state. Defaults to 3.  Example: `3`
	Retries int `pulumi:"retries"`
	// The status code a healthy backend server should return. If you configure the health check policy to use the HTTP protocol, you can use common HTTP status codes such as "200".  Example: `200`
	ReturnCode int `pulumi:"returnCode"`
	// The maximum time, in milliseconds, to wait for a reply to a health check. A health check is successful only if a reply returns within this timeout period. Defaults to 3000 (3 seconds).  Example: `3000`
	TimeoutInMillis int `pulumi:"timeoutInMillis"`
	// The path against which to run the health check.  Example: `/healthcheck`
	UrlPath string `pulumi:"urlPath"`
}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs struct {
	// The interval between health checks, in milliseconds. The default is 10000 (10 seconds).  Example: `10000`
	IntervalMs pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"intervalMs"`
	// Specifies if health checks should always be done using plain text instead of depending on whether or not the associated backend set is using SSL.
	IsForcePlainText pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"isForcePlainText"`
	// The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object.  Example: `8080`
	Port pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"port"`
	// The protocol the health check must use; either HTTP or TCP.  Example: `HTTP`
	Protocol pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// A regular expression for parsing the response body from the backend server.  Example: `^((?!false).|\s)*$`
	ResponseBodyRegex pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"responseBodyRegex"`
	// The number of retries to attempt before a backend server is considered "unhealthy". This number also applies when recovering a server to the "healthy" state. Defaults to 3.  Example: `3`
	Retries pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"retries"`
	// The status code a healthy backend server should return. If you configure the health check policy to use the HTTP protocol, you can use common HTTP status codes such as "200".  Example: `200`
	ReturnCode pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"returnCode"`
	// The maximum time, in milliseconds, to wait for a reply to a health check. A health check is successful only if a reply returns within this timeout period. Defaults to 3000 (3 seconds).  Example: `3000`
	TimeoutInMillis pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"timeoutInMillis"`
	// The path against which to run the health check.  Example: `/healthcheck`
	UrlPath pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"urlPath"`
}

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray []GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerInput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayInput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray and GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayInput` via:

GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArray{ GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs{...} }

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput) Index

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerInput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs and GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerInput` via:

GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerArgs{...}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) IntervalMs

The interval between health checks, in milliseconds. The default is 10000 (10 seconds). Example: `10000`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) IsForcePlainText added in v0.15.0

Specifies if health checks should always be done using plain text instead of depending on whether or not the associated backend set is using SSL.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) Port

The backend server port against which to run the health check. If the port is not specified, the load balancer uses the port information from the `Backend` object. Example: `8080`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) Protocol

The protocol the health check must use; either HTTP or TCP. Example: `HTTP`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) ResponseBodyRegex

A regular expression for parsing the response body from the backend server. Example: `^((?!false).|\s)*$`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) Retries

The number of retries to attempt before a backend server is considered "unhealthy". This number also applies when recovering a server to the "healthy" state. Defaults to 3. Example: `3`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) ReturnCode

The status code a healthy backend server should return. If you configure the health check policy to use the HTTP protocol, you can use common HTTP status codes such as "200". Example: `200`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) TimeoutInMillis

The maximum time, in milliseconds, to wait for a reply to a health check. A health check is successful only if a reply returns within this timeout period. Defaults to 3000 (3 seconds). Example: `3000`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetHealthCheckerOutput) UrlPath

The path against which to run the health check. Example: `/healthcheck`

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetInput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs and GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetInput` via:

GetBackendSetsBackendsetArgs{...}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfiguration struct {
	// The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist.  Example: `exampleCookie`
	CookieName string `pulumi:"cookieName"`
	// Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false.  Example: `false`
	DisableFallback bool `pulumi:"disableFallback"`
	// The domain in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a domain attribute with the specified value.
	Domain string `pulumi:"domain"`
	// Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `HttpOnly` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `HttpOnly` attribute, which limits the scope of the cookie to HTTP requests. This attribute directs the client or browser to omit the cookie when providing access to cookies through non-HTTP APIs. For example, it restricts the cookie from JavaScript channels.  Example: `true`
	IsHttpOnly bool `pulumi:"isHttpOnly"`
	// Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `Secure` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `Secure` attribute, which directs the client or browser to send the cookie only using a secure protocol.
	IsSecure bool `pulumi:"isSecure"`
	// The amount of time the cookie remains valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a `Max-Age` attribute with the specified value.
	MaxAgeInSeconds int `pulumi:"maxAgeInSeconds"`
	// The path in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie header` inserted by the load balancer contains a `Path` attribute with the specified value.
	Path string `pulumi:"path"`
}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs struct {
	// The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist.  Example: `exampleCookie`
	CookieName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"cookieName"`
	// Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false.  Example: `false`
	DisableFallback pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"disableFallback"`
	// The domain in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a domain attribute with the specified value.
	Domain pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"domain"`
	// Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `HttpOnly` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `HttpOnly` attribute, which limits the scope of the cookie to HTTP requests. This attribute directs the client or browser to omit the cookie when providing access to cookies through non-HTTP APIs. For example, it restricts the cookie from JavaScript channels.  Example: `true`
	IsHttpOnly pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"isHttpOnly"`
	// Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `Secure` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `Secure` attribute, which directs the client or browser to send the cookie only using a secure protocol.
	IsSecure pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"isSecure"`
	// The amount of time the cookie remains valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a `Max-Age` attribute with the specified value.
	MaxAgeInSeconds pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"maxAgeInSeconds"`
	// The path in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie header` inserted by the load balancer contains a `Path` attribute with the specified value.
	Path pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"path"`
}

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray []GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray and GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput` via:

GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray{ GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{...} }

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs and GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput` via:

GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{...}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) CookieName

The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist. Example: `exampleCookie`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) DisableFallback

Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false. Example: `false`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) Domain

The domain in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a domain attribute with the specified value.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) IsHttpOnly

Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `HttpOnly` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `HttpOnly` attribute, which limits the scope of the cookie to HTTP requests. This attribute directs the client or browser to omit the cookie when providing access to cookies through non-HTTP APIs. For example, it restricts the cookie from JavaScript channels. Example: `true`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) IsSecure

Whether the `Set-cookie` header should contain the `Secure` attribute. If `true`, the `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains the `Secure` attribute, which directs the client or browser to send the cookie only using a secure protocol.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) MaxAgeInSeconds

The amount of time the cookie remains valid. The `Set-cookie` header inserted by the load balancer contains a `Max-Age` attribute with the specified value.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) Path

The path in which the cookie is valid. The `Set-cookie header` inserted by the load balancer contains a `Path` attribute with the specified value.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetLbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) Backends

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) HealthCheckers

The health check policy configuration. For more information, see [Editing Health Check Policies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/editinghealthcheck.htm).

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) Id

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) LbCookieSessionPersistenceConfigurations

The configuration details for implementing load balancer cookie session persistence (LB cookie stickiness).

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) LoadBalancerId

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend sets to retrieve.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) Name

A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) Policy

The load balancer policy for the backend set. To get a list of available policies, use the [ListPolicies](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerPolicy/ListPolicies) operation. Example: `LEAST_CONNECTIONS`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) SessionPersistenceConfigurations

The configuration details for implementing session persistence based on a user-specified cookie name (application cookie stickiness).

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) SslConfigurations

A listener's SSL handling configuration.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) State

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfiguration

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfiguration struct {
	// The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist.  Example: `exampleCookie`
	CookieName string `pulumi:"cookieName"`
	// Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false.  Example: `false`
	DisableFallback bool `pulumi:"disableFallback"`
}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs struct {
	// The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist.  Example: `exampleCookie`
	CookieName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"cookieName"`
	// Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false.  Example: `false`
	DisableFallback pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"disableFallback"`
}

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray []GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray and GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayInput` via:

GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArray{ GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{...} }

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) Index

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs and GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationInput` via:

GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationArgs{...}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) CookieName

The name of the cookie used to detect a session initiated by the backend server. Use '*' to specify that any cookie set by the backend causes the session to persist. Example: `exampleCookie`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) DisableFallback

Whether the load balancer is prevented from directing traffic from a persistent session client to a different backend server if the original server is unavailable. Defaults to false. Example: `false`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSessionPersistenceConfigurationOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfiguration

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfiguration struct {
	// Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed.  Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`
	CertificateIds []string `pulumi:"certificateIds"`
	// A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName string `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	CipherSuiteName string `pulumi:"cipherSuiteName"`
	// A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	Protocols []string `pulumi:"protocols"`
	// When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.
	ServerOrderPreference string `pulumi:"serverOrderPreference"`
	// Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust.  Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`
	TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds []string `pulumi:"trustedCertificateAuthorityIds"`
	// The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification.  Example: `3`
	VerifyDepth int `pulumi:"verifyDepth"`
	// Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates.  Example: `true`
	VerifyPeerCertificate bool `pulumi:"verifyPeerCertificate"`
}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs struct {
	// Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed.  Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`
	CertificateIds pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"certificateIds"`
	// A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	CipherSuiteName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"cipherSuiteName"`
	// A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	Protocols pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"protocols"`
	// When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.
	ServerOrderPreference pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"serverOrderPreference"`
	// Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust.  Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`
	TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"trustedCertificateAuthorityIds"`
	// The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification.  Example: `3`
	VerifyDepth pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"verifyDepth"`
	// Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates.  Example: `true`
	VerifyPeerCertificate pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"verifyPeerCertificate"`
}

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray []GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationInput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayInput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray and GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayInput` via:

GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArray{ GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs{...} }

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput) Index

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationInput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput
}

GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs and GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationInput` via:

GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationArgs{...}

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput

type GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateIds

Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed. Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateName

A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) CipherSuiteName

The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) Protocols

A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) ServerOrderPreference

When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput() GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) ToGetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds

func (o GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust. Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyDepth

The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification. Example: `3`

func (GetBackendSetsBackendsetSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate

Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates. Example: `true`

type GetBackendSetsFilter

type GetBackendSetsFilter struct {
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetBackendSetsFilterArgs

type GetBackendSetsFilterArgs struct {
	// A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArgs) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArgs) ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutput

func (i GetBackendSetsFilterArgs) ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutput() GetBackendSetsFilterOutput

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArgs) ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendSetsFilterArgs) ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsFilterOutput

type GetBackendSetsFilterArray

type GetBackendSetsFilterArray []GetBackendSetsFilterInput

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArray) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArray) ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (i GetBackendSetsFilterArray) ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArray) ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendSetsFilterArray) ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsFilterArrayInput

type GetBackendSetsFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput
}

GetBackendSetsFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsFilterArray and GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsFilterArrayInput` via:

GetBackendSetsFilterArray{ GetBackendSetsFilterArgs{...} }

type GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput) Index

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (o GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsFilterArrayOutput

type GetBackendSetsFilterInput

type GetBackendSetsFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutput() GetBackendSetsFilterOutput
	ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendSetsFilterOutput
}

GetBackendSetsFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendSetsFilterArgs and GetBackendSetsFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendSetsFilterInput` via:

GetBackendSetsFilterArgs{...}

type GetBackendSetsFilterOutput

type GetBackendSetsFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) Name

A friendly name for the backend set. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

func (GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) Regex

func (GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutput

func (o GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutput() GetBackendSetsFilterOutput

func (GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) ToGetBackendSetsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsFilterOutput

func (GetBackendSetsFilterOutput) Values

type GetBackendSetsOutputArgs

type GetBackendSetsOutputArgs struct {
	Filters GetBackendSetsFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend sets to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getBackendSets.

func (GetBackendSetsOutputArgs) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetBackendSetsResult

type GetBackendSetsResult struct {
	// The list of backendsets.
	Backendsets []GetBackendSetsBackendset `pulumi:"backendsets"`
	Filters     []GetBackendSetsFilter     `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of values returned by getBackendSets.

func GetBackendSets

func GetBackendSets(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetBackendSetsArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetBackendSetsResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Backend Sets in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all backend sets associated with a given load balancer.

## Supported Aliases

* `ociLoadBalancerBackendsets`

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetBackendSets(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetBackendSetsArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetBackendSetsResultOutput

type GetBackendSetsResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getBackendSets.

func (GetBackendSetsResultOutput) Backendsets

The list of backendsets.

func (GetBackendSetsResultOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendSetsResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendSetsResultOutput) Filters

func (GetBackendSetsResultOutput) Id

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetBackendSetsResultOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (o GetBackendSetsResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetBackendSetsResultOutput) ToGetBackendSetsResultOutput

func (o GetBackendSetsResultOutput) ToGetBackendSetsResultOutput() GetBackendSetsResultOutput

func (GetBackendSetsResultOutput) ToGetBackendSetsResultOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendSetsResultOutput) ToGetBackendSetsResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendSetsResultOutput

type GetBackendsArgs

type GetBackendsArgs struct {
	// The name of the backend set associated with the backend servers.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendsetName string              `pulumi:"backendsetName"`
	Filters        []GetBackendsFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getBackends.

type GetBackendsBackend

type GetBackendsBackend struct {
	// The name of the backend set associated with the backend servers.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendsetName string `pulumi:"backendsetName"`
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	Backup *bool `pulumi:"backup"`
	// Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain bool `pulumi:"drain"`
	// The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress string `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline bool `pulumi:"offline"`
	// The communication port for the backend server.  Example: `8080`
	Port  int    `pulumi:"port"`
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	Weight int `pulumi:"weight"`
}

type GetBackendsBackendArgs

type GetBackendsBackendArgs struct {
	// The name of the backend set associated with the backend servers.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendsetName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendsetName"`
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.
	Backup pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"backup"`
	// Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Drain pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"drain"`
	// The IP address of the backend server.  Example: `10.0.0.3`
	IpAddress pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	// Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic.  Example: `false`
	Offline pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"offline"`
	// The communication port for the backend server.  Example: `8080`
	Port  pulumi.IntInput    `pulumi:"port"`
	State pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"state"`
	// The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm).  Example: `3`
	Weight pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"weight"`
}

func (GetBackendsBackendArgs) ElementType

func (GetBackendsBackendArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendsBackendArgs) ToGetBackendsBackendOutput

func (i GetBackendsBackendArgs) ToGetBackendsBackendOutput() GetBackendsBackendOutput

func (GetBackendsBackendArgs) ToGetBackendsBackendOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendsBackendArgs) ToGetBackendsBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsBackendOutput

type GetBackendsBackendArray

type GetBackendsBackendArray []GetBackendsBackendInput

func (GetBackendsBackendArray) ElementType

func (GetBackendsBackendArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendsBackendArray) ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutput

func (i GetBackendsBackendArray) ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutput() GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput

func (GetBackendsBackendArray) ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendsBackendArray) ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput

type GetBackendsBackendArrayInput

type GetBackendsBackendArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutput() GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput
}

GetBackendsBackendArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendsBackendArray and GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendsBackendArrayInput` via:

GetBackendsBackendArray{ GetBackendsBackendArgs{...} }

type GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput

type GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput) Index

func (GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput) ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutput

func (o GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput) ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutput() GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput

func (GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput) ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput) ToGetBackendsBackendArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsBackendArrayOutput

type GetBackendsBackendInput

type GetBackendsBackendInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendsBackendOutput() GetBackendsBackendOutput
	ToGetBackendsBackendOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendsBackendOutput
}

GetBackendsBackendInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendsBackendArgs and GetBackendsBackendOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendsBackendInput` via:

GetBackendsBackendArgs{...}

type GetBackendsBackendOutput

type GetBackendsBackendOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) BackendsetName

func (o GetBackendsBackendOutput) BackendsetName() pulumi.StringOutput

The name of the backend set associated with the backend servers. Example: `exampleBackendSet`

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) Backup

Whether the load balancer should treat this server as a backup unit. If `true`, the load balancer forwards no ingress traffic to this backend server unless all other backend servers not marked as "backup" fail the health check policy.

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) Drain

Whether the load balancer should drain this server. Servers marked "drain" receive no new incoming traffic. Example: `false`

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) IpAddress

The IP address of the backend server. Example: `10.0.0.3`

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (o GetBackendsBackendOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) Name

A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set. Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) Offline

Whether the load balancer should treat this server as offline. Offline servers receive no incoming traffic. Example: `false`

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) Port

The communication port for the backend server. Example: `8080`

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) State

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) ToGetBackendsBackendOutput

func (o GetBackendsBackendOutput) ToGetBackendsBackendOutput() GetBackendsBackendOutput

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) ToGetBackendsBackendOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendsBackendOutput) ToGetBackendsBackendOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsBackendOutput

func (GetBackendsBackendOutput) Weight

The load balancing policy weight assigned to the server. Backend servers with a higher weight receive a larger proportion of incoming traffic. For example, a server weighted '3' receives 3 times the number of new connections as a server weighted '1'. For more information on load balancing policies, see [How Load Balancing Policies Work](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/lbpolicies.htm). Example: `3`

type GetBackendsFilter

type GetBackendsFilter struct {
	// A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetBackendsFilterArgs

type GetBackendsFilterArgs struct {
	// A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set.  Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetBackendsFilterArgs) ElementType

func (GetBackendsFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendsFilterArgs) ToGetBackendsFilterOutput

func (i GetBackendsFilterArgs) ToGetBackendsFilterOutput() GetBackendsFilterOutput

func (GetBackendsFilterArgs) ToGetBackendsFilterOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendsFilterArgs) ToGetBackendsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsFilterOutput

type GetBackendsFilterArray

type GetBackendsFilterArray []GetBackendsFilterInput

func (GetBackendsFilterArray) ElementType

func (GetBackendsFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendsFilterArray) ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutput

func (i GetBackendsFilterArray) ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutput() GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetBackendsFilterArray) ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetBackendsFilterArray) ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput

type GetBackendsFilterArrayInput

type GetBackendsFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutput() GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput
}

GetBackendsFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendsFilterArray and GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendsFilterArrayInput` via:

GetBackendsFilterArray{ GetBackendsFilterArgs{...} }

type GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput

type GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput) Index

func (GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutput

func (o GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutput() GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetBackendsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsFilterArrayOutput

type GetBackendsFilterInput

type GetBackendsFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetBackendsFilterOutput() GetBackendsFilterOutput
	ToGetBackendsFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetBackendsFilterOutput
}

GetBackendsFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetBackendsFilterArgs and GetBackendsFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetBackendsFilterInput` via:

GetBackendsFilterArgs{...}

type GetBackendsFilterOutput

type GetBackendsFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetBackendsFilterOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendsFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendsFilterOutput) Name

A read-only field showing the IP address and port that uniquely identify this backend server in the backend set. Example: `10.0.0.3:8080`

func (GetBackendsFilterOutput) Regex

func (GetBackendsFilterOutput) ToGetBackendsFilterOutput

func (o GetBackendsFilterOutput) ToGetBackendsFilterOutput() GetBackendsFilterOutput

func (GetBackendsFilterOutput) ToGetBackendsFilterOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendsFilterOutput) ToGetBackendsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsFilterOutput

func (GetBackendsFilterOutput) Values

type GetBackendsOutputArgs

type GetBackendsOutputArgs struct {
	// The name of the backend set associated with the backend servers.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendsetName pulumi.StringInput          `pulumi:"backendsetName"`
	Filters        GetBackendsFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the backend set and servers.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getBackends.

func (GetBackendsOutputArgs) ElementType

func (GetBackendsOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetBackendsResult

type GetBackendsResult struct {
	// The list of backends.
	Backends       []GetBackendsBackend `pulumi:"backends"`
	BackendsetName string               `pulumi:"backendsetName"`
	Filters        []GetBackendsFilter  `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of values returned by getBackends.

func GetBackends

func GetBackends(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetBackendsArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetBackendsResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Backends in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists the backend servers for a given load balancer and backend set.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetBackends(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetBackendsArgs{
			BackendsetName: testBackendSet.Name,
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetBackendsResultOutput

type GetBackendsResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getBackends.

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) Backends

The list of backends.

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) BackendsetName

func (o GetBackendsResultOutput) BackendsetName() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) ElementType

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) Filters

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) Id

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (o GetBackendsResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) ToGetBackendsResultOutput

func (o GetBackendsResultOutput) ToGetBackendsResultOutput() GetBackendsResultOutput

func (GetBackendsResultOutput) ToGetBackendsResultOutputWithContext

func (o GetBackendsResultOutput) ToGetBackendsResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetBackendsResultOutput

type GetCertificatesArgs

type GetCertificatesArgs struct {
	Filters []GetCertificatesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the certificate bundles to be listed.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getCertificates.

type GetCertificatesCertificate

type GetCertificatesCertificate struct {
	// The Certificate Authority certificate, or any interim certificate, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	CaCertificate string `pulumi:"caCertificate"`
	// A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName string `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the certificate bundles to be listed.
	LoadBalancerId string  `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	Passphrase     *string `pulumi:"passphrase"`
	PrivateKey     string  `pulumi:"privateKey"`
	// The public certificate, in PEM format, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	PublicCertificate string `pulumi:"publicCertificate"`
	State             string `pulumi:"state"`
}

type GetCertificatesCertificateArgs

type GetCertificatesCertificateArgs struct {
	// The Certificate Authority certificate, or any interim certificate, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	CaCertificate pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"caCertificate"`
	// A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the certificate bundles to be listed.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	Passphrase     pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"passphrase"`
	PrivateKey     pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"privateKey"`
	// The public certificate, in PEM format, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.
	PublicCertificate pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"publicCertificate"`
	State             pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"state"`
}

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArgs) ElementType

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArgs) ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutput

func (i GetCertificatesCertificateArgs) ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutput() GetCertificatesCertificateOutput

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArgs) ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutputWithContext

func (i GetCertificatesCertificateArgs) ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesCertificateOutput

type GetCertificatesCertificateArray

type GetCertificatesCertificateArray []GetCertificatesCertificateInput

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArray) ElementType

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArray) ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput

func (i GetCertificatesCertificateArray) ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput() GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArray) ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetCertificatesCertificateArray) ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput

type GetCertificatesCertificateArrayInput

type GetCertificatesCertificateArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput() GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput
	ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput
}

GetCertificatesCertificateArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetCertificatesCertificateArray and GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetCertificatesCertificateArrayInput` via:

GetCertificatesCertificateArray{ GetCertificatesCertificateArgs{...} }

type GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput

type GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput) Index

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput) ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput

func (o GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput) ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput() GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput

func (GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput) ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput) ToGetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesCertificateArrayOutput

type GetCertificatesCertificateInput

type GetCertificatesCertificateInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutput() GetCertificatesCertificateOutput
	ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetCertificatesCertificateOutput
}

GetCertificatesCertificateInput is an input type that accepts GetCertificatesCertificateArgs and GetCertificatesCertificateOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetCertificatesCertificateInput` via:

GetCertificatesCertificateArgs{...}

type GetCertificatesCertificateOutput

type GetCertificatesCertificateOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) CaCertificate

The Certificate Authority certificate, or any interim certificate, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) CertificateName

A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) ElementType

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) LoadBalancerId

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the certificate bundles to be listed.

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) Passphrase

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) PrivateKey

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) PublicCertificate

The public certificate, in PEM format, that you received from your SSL certificate provider.

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) State

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutput

func (o GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutput() GetCertificatesCertificateOutput

func (GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutputWithContext

func (o GetCertificatesCertificateOutput) ToGetCertificatesCertificateOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesCertificateOutput

type GetCertificatesFilter

type GetCertificatesFilter struct {
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetCertificatesFilterArgs

type GetCertificatesFilterArgs struct {
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetCertificatesFilterArgs) ElementType

func (GetCertificatesFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetCertificatesFilterArgs) ToGetCertificatesFilterOutput

func (i GetCertificatesFilterArgs) ToGetCertificatesFilterOutput() GetCertificatesFilterOutput

func (GetCertificatesFilterArgs) ToGetCertificatesFilterOutputWithContext

func (i GetCertificatesFilterArgs) ToGetCertificatesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesFilterOutput

type GetCertificatesFilterArray

type GetCertificatesFilterArray []GetCertificatesFilterInput

func (GetCertificatesFilterArray) ElementType

func (GetCertificatesFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetCertificatesFilterArray) ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput

func (i GetCertificatesFilterArray) ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput() GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetCertificatesFilterArray) ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetCertificatesFilterArray) ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput

type GetCertificatesFilterArrayInput

type GetCertificatesFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput() GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput
}

GetCertificatesFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetCertificatesFilterArray and GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetCertificatesFilterArrayInput` via:

GetCertificatesFilterArray{ GetCertificatesFilterArgs{...} }

type GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput

type GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput) Index

func (GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput

func (o GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput() GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetCertificatesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesFilterArrayOutput

type GetCertificatesFilterInput

type GetCertificatesFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetCertificatesFilterOutput() GetCertificatesFilterOutput
	ToGetCertificatesFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetCertificatesFilterOutput
}

GetCertificatesFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetCertificatesFilterArgs and GetCertificatesFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetCertificatesFilterInput` via:

GetCertificatesFilterArgs{...}

type GetCertificatesFilterOutput

type GetCertificatesFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetCertificatesFilterOutput) ElementType

func (GetCertificatesFilterOutput) Name

func (GetCertificatesFilterOutput) Regex

func (GetCertificatesFilterOutput) ToGetCertificatesFilterOutput

func (o GetCertificatesFilterOutput) ToGetCertificatesFilterOutput() GetCertificatesFilterOutput

func (GetCertificatesFilterOutput) ToGetCertificatesFilterOutputWithContext

func (o GetCertificatesFilterOutput) ToGetCertificatesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesFilterOutput

func (GetCertificatesFilterOutput) Values

type GetCertificatesOutputArgs

type GetCertificatesOutputArgs struct {
	Filters GetCertificatesFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the certificate bundles to be listed.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getCertificates.

func (GetCertificatesOutputArgs) ElementType

func (GetCertificatesOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetCertificatesResult

type GetCertificatesResult struct {
	// The list of certificates.
	Certificates []GetCertificatesCertificate `pulumi:"certificates"`
	Filters      []GetCertificatesFilter      `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of values returned by getCertificates.

func GetCertificates

func GetCertificates(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetCertificatesArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetCertificatesResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Certificates in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all SSL certificates bundles associated with a given load balancer.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetCertificates(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetCertificatesArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetCertificatesResultOutput

type GetCertificatesResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getCertificates.

func (GetCertificatesResultOutput) Certificates

The list of certificates.

func (GetCertificatesResultOutput) ElementType

func (GetCertificatesResultOutput) Filters

func (GetCertificatesResultOutput) Id

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetCertificatesResultOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (o GetCertificatesResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetCertificatesResultOutput) ToGetCertificatesResultOutput

func (o GetCertificatesResultOutput) ToGetCertificatesResultOutput() GetCertificatesResultOutput

func (GetCertificatesResultOutput) ToGetCertificatesResultOutputWithContext

func (o GetCertificatesResultOutput) ToGetCertificatesResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetCertificatesResultOutput

type GetHealthArgs

type GetHealthArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to return health status for.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getHealth.

type GetHealthOutputArgs

type GetHealthOutputArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to return health status for.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getHealth.

func (GetHealthOutputArgs) ElementType

func (GetHealthOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetHealthResult

type GetHealthResult struct {
	// A list of backend sets that are currently in the `CRITICAL` health state. The list identifies each backend set by the friendly name you assigned when you created it.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	CriticalStateBackendSetNames []string `pulumi:"criticalStateBackendSetNames"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The overall health status of the load balancer.
	// *  **OK:** All backend sets associated with the load balancer return a status of `OK`.
	// *  **WARNING:** At least one of the backend sets associated with the load balancer returns a status of `WARNING`, no backend sets return a status of `CRITICAL`, and the load balancer life cycle state is `ACTIVE`.
	// *  **CRITICAL:** One or more of the backend sets associated with the load balancer return a status of `CRITICAL`.
	// *  **UNKNOWN:** If any one of the following conditions is true:
	// *  The load balancer life cycle state is not `ACTIVE`.
	// *  No backend sets are defined for the load balancer.
	// *  More than half of the backend sets associated with the load balancer return a status of `UNKNOWN`, none of the backend sets return a status of `WARNING` or `CRITICAL`, and the load balancer life cycle state is `ACTIVE`.
	// *  The system could not retrieve metrics for any reason.
	Status string `pulumi:"status"`
	// The total number of backend sets associated with this load balancer.  Example: `4`
	TotalBackendSetCount int `pulumi:"totalBackendSetCount"`
	// A list of backend sets that are currently in the `UNKNOWN` health state. The list identifies each backend set by the friendly name you assigned when you created it.  Example: `exampleBackendSet2`
	UnknownStateBackendSetNames []string `pulumi:"unknownStateBackendSetNames"`
	// A list of backend sets that are currently in the `WARNING` health state. The list identifies each backend set by the friendly name you assigned when you created it.  Example: `exampleBackendSet3`
	WarningStateBackendSetNames []string `pulumi:"warningStateBackendSetNames"`
}

A collection of values returned by getHealth.

func GetHealth

func GetHealth(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetHealthArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetHealthResult, error)

This data source provides details about a specific Load Balancer Health resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Gets the health status for the specified load balancer.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetHealth(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetHealthArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetHealthResultOutput

type GetHealthResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getHealth.

func (GetHealthResultOutput) CriticalStateBackendSetNames

func (o GetHealthResultOutput) CriticalStateBackendSetNames() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

A list of backend sets that are currently in the `CRITICAL` health state. The list identifies each backend set by the friendly name you assigned when you created it. Example: `exampleBackendSet`

func (GetHealthResultOutput) ElementType

func (GetHealthResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHealthResultOutput) Id

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetHealthResultOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (o GetHealthResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetHealthResultOutput) Status

The overall health status of the load balancer. * **OK:** All backend sets associated with the load balancer return a status of `OK`. * **WARNING:** At least one of the backend sets associated with the load balancer returns a status of `WARNING`, no backend sets return a status of `CRITICAL`, and the load balancer life cycle state is `ACTIVE`. * **CRITICAL:** One or more of the backend sets associated with the load balancer return a status of `CRITICAL`. * **UNKNOWN:** If any one of the following conditions is true: * The load balancer life cycle state is not `ACTIVE`. * No backend sets are defined for the load balancer. * More than half of the backend sets associated with the load balancer return a status of `UNKNOWN`, none of the backend sets return a status of `WARNING` or `CRITICAL`, and the load balancer life cycle state is `ACTIVE`. * The system could not retrieve metrics for any reason.

func (GetHealthResultOutput) ToGetHealthResultOutput

func (o GetHealthResultOutput) ToGetHealthResultOutput() GetHealthResultOutput

func (GetHealthResultOutput) ToGetHealthResultOutputWithContext

func (o GetHealthResultOutput) ToGetHealthResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHealthResultOutput

func (GetHealthResultOutput) TotalBackendSetCount

func (o GetHealthResultOutput) TotalBackendSetCount() pulumi.IntOutput

The total number of backend sets associated with this load balancer. Example: `4`

func (GetHealthResultOutput) UnknownStateBackendSetNames

func (o GetHealthResultOutput) UnknownStateBackendSetNames() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

A list of backend sets that are currently in the `UNKNOWN` health state. The list identifies each backend set by the friendly name you assigned when you created it. Example: `exampleBackendSet2`

func (GetHealthResultOutput) WarningStateBackendSetNames

func (o GetHealthResultOutput) WarningStateBackendSetNames() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

A list of backend sets that are currently in the `WARNING` health state. The list identifies each backend set by the friendly name you assigned when you created it. Example: `exampleBackendSet3`

type GetHostnamesArgs

type GetHostnamesArgs struct {
	Filters []GetHostnamesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the hostnames to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getHostnames.

type GetHostnamesFilter

type GetHostnamesFilter struct {
	// A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleHostname001`
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetHostnamesFilterArgs

type GetHostnamesFilterArgs struct {
	// A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleHostname001`
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetHostnamesFilterArgs) ElementType

func (GetHostnamesFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHostnamesFilterArgs) ToGetHostnamesFilterOutput

func (i GetHostnamesFilterArgs) ToGetHostnamesFilterOutput() GetHostnamesFilterOutput

func (GetHostnamesFilterArgs) ToGetHostnamesFilterOutputWithContext

func (i GetHostnamesFilterArgs) ToGetHostnamesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesFilterOutput

type GetHostnamesFilterArray

type GetHostnamesFilterArray []GetHostnamesFilterInput

func (GetHostnamesFilterArray) ElementType

func (GetHostnamesFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHostnamesFilterArray) ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput

func (i GetHostnamesFilterArray) ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput() GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetHostnamesFilterArray) ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetHostnamesFilterArray) ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput

type GetHostnamesFilterArrayInput

type GetHostnamesFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput() GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput
}

GetHostnamesFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetHostnamesFilterArray and GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetHostnamesFilterArrayInput` via:

GetHostnamesFilterArray{ GetHostnamesFilterArgs{...} }

type GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput

type GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput) Index

func (GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput

func (o GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput() GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetHostnamesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesFilterArrayOutput

type GetHostnamesFilterInput

type GetHostnamesFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetHostnamesFilterOutput() GetHostnamesFilterOutput
	ToGetHostnamesFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetHostnamesFilterOutput
}

GetHostnamesFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetHostnamesFilterArgs and GetHostnamesFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetHostnamesFilterInput` via:

GetHostnamesFilterArgs{...}

type GetHostnamesFilterOutput

type GetHostnamesFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetHostnamesFilterOutput) ElementType

func (GetHostnamesFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHostnamesFilterOutput) Name

A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleHostname001`

func (GetHostnamesFilterOutput) Regex

func (GetHostnamesFilterOutput) ToGetHostnamesFilterOutput

func (o GetHostnamesFilterOutput) ToGetHostnamesFilterOutput() GetHostnamesFilterOutput

func (GetHostnamesFilterOutput) ToGetHostnamesFilterOutputWithContext

func (o GetHostnamesFilterOutput) ToGetHostnamesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesFilterOutput

func (GetHostnamesFilterOutput) Values

type GetHostnamesHostname

type GetHostnamesHostname struct {
	// A virtual hostname. For more information about virtual hostname string construction, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm#routing).  Example: `app.example.com`
	Hostname string `pulumi:"hostname"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the hostnames to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleHostname001`
	Name  string `pulumi:"name"`
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
}

type GetHostnamesHostnameArgs

type GetHostnamesHostnameArgs struct {
	// A virtual hostname. For more information about virtual hostname string construction, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm#routing).  Example: `app.example.com`
	Hostname pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"hostname"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the hostnames to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleHostname001`
	Name  pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	State pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"state"`
}

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArgs) ElementType

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArgs) ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutput

func (i GetHostnamesHostnameArgs) ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutput() GetHostnamesHostnameOutput

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArgs) ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutputWithContext

func (i GetHostnamesHostnameArgs) ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesHostnameOutput

type GetHostnamesHostnameArray

type GetHostnamesHostnameArray []GetHostnamesHostnameInput

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArray) ElementType

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArray) ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput

func (i GetHostnamesHostnameArray) ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput() GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArray) ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetHostnamesHostnameArray) ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput

type GetHostnamesHostnameArrayInput

type GetHostnamesHostnameArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput() GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput
	ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput
}

GetHostnamesHostnameArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetHostnamesHostnameArray and GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetHostnamesHostnameArrayInput` via:

GetHostnamesHostnameArray{ GetHostnamesHostnameArgs{...} }

type GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput

type GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput) Index

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput) ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput

func (o GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput) ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput() GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput

func (GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput) ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput) ToGetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesHostnameArrayOutput

type GetHostnamesHostnameInput

type GetHostnamesHostnameInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutput() GetHostnamesHostnameOutput
	ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetHostnamesHostnameOutput
}

GetHostnamesHostnameInput is an input type that accepts GetHostnamesHostnameArgs and GetHostnamesHostnameOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetHostnamesHostnameInput` via:

GetHostnamesHostnameArgs{...}

type GetHostnamesHostnameOutput

type GetHostnamesHostnameOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) ElementType

func (GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) Hostname

A virtual hostname. For more information about virtual hostname string construction, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm#routing). Example: `app.example.com`

func (GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (o GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the hostnames to retrieve.

func (GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) Name

A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleHostname001`

func (GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) State

func (GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutput

func (o GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutput() GetHostnamesHostnameOutput

func (GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutputWithContext

func (o GetHostnamesHostnameOutput) ToGetHostnamesHostnameOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesHostnameOutput

type GetHostnamesOutputArgs

type GetHostnamesOutputArgs struct {
	Filters GetHostnamesFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the hostnames to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getHostnames.

func (GetHostnamesOutputArgs) ElementType

func (GetHostnamesOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetHostnamesResult

type GetHostnamesResult struct {
	Filters []GetHostnamesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The list of hostnames.
	Hostnames []GetHostnamesHostname `pulumi:"hostnames"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of values returned by getHostnames.

func GetHostnames

func GetHostnames(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetHostnamesArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetHostnamesResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Hostnames in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all hostname resources associated with the specified load balancer.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetHostnames(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetHostnamesArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetHostnamesResultOutput

type GetHostnamesResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getHostnames.

func (GetHostnamesResultOutput) ElementType

func (GetHostnamesResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetHostnamesResultOutput) Filters

func (GetHostnamesResultOutput) Hostnames

The list of hostnames.

func (GetHostnamesResultOutput) Id

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetHostnamesResultOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (o GetHostnamesResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetHostnamesResultOutput) ToGetHostnamesResultOutput

func (o GetHostnamesResultOutput) ToGetHostnamesResultOutput() GetHostnamesResultOutput

func (GetHostnamesResultOutput) ToGetHostnamesResultOutputWithContext

func (o GetHostnamesResultOutput) ToGetHostnamesResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetHostnamesResultOutput

type GetListenerRulesArgs

type GetListenerRulesArgs struct {
	Filters []GetListenerRulesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The name of the listener the rules are associated with.
	ListenerName string `pulumi:"listenerName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the listener.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getListenerRules.

type GetListenerRulesFilter

type GetListenerRulesFilter struct {
	// The name of the rule set that the rule belongs to.
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetListenerRulesFilterArgs

type GetListenerRulesFilterArgs struct {
	// The name of the rule set that the rule belongs to.
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArgs) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArgs) ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutput

func (i GetListenerRulesFilterArgs) ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutput() GetListenerRulesFilterOutput

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArgs) ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutputWithContext

func (i GetListenerRulesFilterArgs) ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesFilterOutput

type GetListenerRulesFilterArray

type GetListenerRulesFilterArray []GetListenerRulesFilterInput

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArray) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArray) ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput

func (i GetListenerRulesFilterArray) ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArray) ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetListenerRulesFilterArray) ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesFilterArrayInput

type GetListenerRulesFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput
}

GetListenerRulesFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesFilterArray and GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesFilterArrayInput` via:

GetListenerRulesFilterArray{ GetListenerRulesFilterArgs{...} }

type GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput) Index

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput

func (o GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesFilterArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesFilterInput

type GetListenerRulesFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutput() GetListenerRulesFilterOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesFilterOutput
}

GetListenerRulesFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesFilterArgs and GetListenerRulesFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesFilterInput` via:

GetListenerRulesFilterArgs{...}

type GetListenerRulesFilterOutput

type GetListenerRulesFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) Name

The name of the rule set that the rule belongs to.

func (GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) Regex

func (GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutput

func (o GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutput() GetListenerRulesFilterOutput

func (GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutputWithContext

func (o GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) ToGetListenerRulesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesFilterOutput

func (GetListenerRulesFilterOutput) Values

type GetListenerRulesListenerRule

type GetListenerRulesListenerRule struct {
	// The name of the rule set that the rule belongs to.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// A rule object that applies to the listener.
	Rules []GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRule `pulumi:"rules"`
	State string                             `pulumi:"state"`
}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs struct {
	// The name of the rule set that the rule belongs to.
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	// A rule object that applies to the listener.
	Rules GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayInput `pulumi:"rules"`
	State pulumi.StringInput                         `pulumi:"state"`
}

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutputWithContext

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray []GetListenerRulesListenerRuleInput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayInput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayInput` via:

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArray{ GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs{...} }

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput) Index

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleInput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleInput` via:

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleArgs{...}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) Name

The name of the rule set that the rule belongs to.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) Rules

A rule object that applies to the listener.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) State

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutputWithContext

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRule

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRule struct {
	// The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`
	Action string `pulumi:"action"`
	// The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.
	AllowedMethods []string `pulumi:"allowedMethods"`
	// Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header
	AreInvalidCharactersAllowed bool                                        `pulumi:"areInvalidCharactersAllowed"`
	Conditions                  []GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleCondition `pulumi:"conditions"`
	// A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// A header name that conforms to RFC 7230.  Example: `exampleHeaderName`
	Header string `pulumi:"header"`
	// The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.
	HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb int `pulumi:"httpLargeHeaderSizeInKb"`
	// A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Prefix string `pulumi:"prefix"`
	// An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.
	RedirectUris []GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUri `pulumi:"redirectUris"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.
	ResponseCode int `pulumi:"responseCode"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`.  Example: 403
	StatusCode int `pulumi:"statusCode"`
	// A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Suffix string `pulumi:"suffix"`
	// A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Value string `pulumi:"value"`
}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs struct {
	// The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`
	Action pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"action"`
	// The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.
	AllowedMethods pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"allowedMethods"`
	// Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header
	AreInvalidCharactersAllowed pulumi.BoolInput                                    `pulumi:"areInvalidCharactersAllowed"`
	Conditions                  GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayInput `pulumi:"conditions"`
	// A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Description pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"description"`
	// A header name that conforms to RFC 7230.  Example: `exampleHeaderName`
	Header pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"header"`
	// The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.
	HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"httpLargeHeaderSizeInKb"`
	// A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Prefix pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"prefix"`
	// An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.
	RedirectUris GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayInput `pulumi:"redirectUris"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.
	ResponseCode pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"responseCode"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`.  Example: 403
	StatusCode pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"statusCode"`
	// A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Suffix pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"suffix"`
	// A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Value pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"value"`
}

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutputWithContext

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray []GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleInput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayInput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayInput` via:

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArray{ GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs{...} }

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput) Index

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleCondition

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleCondition struct {
	// The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`
	AttributeName string `pulumi:"attributeName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the originating VCN that an incoming packet must match.
	AttributeValue string `pulumi:"attributeValue"`
	// A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	Operator string `pulumi:"operator"`
}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs struct {
	// The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`
	AttributeName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"attributeName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the originating VCN that an incoming packet must match.
	AttributeValue pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"attributeValue"`
	// A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	Operator pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"operator"`
}

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutputWithContext

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray []GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionInput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayInput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayInput` via:

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArray{ GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs{...} }

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput) Index

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionInput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionInput` via:

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionArgs{...}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) AttributeName

The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) AttributeValue

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the originating VCN that an incoming packet must match.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) Operator

A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI. * **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string. * **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path. * **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string. * **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutputWithContext

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleConditionOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleInput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleInput` via:

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleArgs{...}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Action

The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) AllowedMethods

The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) AreInvalidCharactersAllowed

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) AreInvalidCharactersAllowed() pulumi.BoolOutput

Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Conditions

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Description

A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Header

A header name that conforms to RFC 7230. Example: `exampleHeaderName`

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb() pulumi.IntOutput

The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Prefix

A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) RedirectUris

An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) ResponseCode

The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) StatusCode

The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`. Example: 403

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Suffix

A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutputWithContext

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleOutput) Value

A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUri

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUri struct {
	// The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.
	Host string `pulumi:"host"`
	// The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.
	Path string `pulumi:"path"`
	// The communication port to use in the redirect URI.
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
	// The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.
	Protocol string `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// The query string to use in the redirect URI.
	Query string `pulumi:"query"`
}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs struct {
	// The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.
	Host pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"host"`
	// The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.
	Path pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"path"`
	// The communication port to use in the redirect URI.
	Port pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"port"`
	// The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.
	Protocol pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// The query string to use in the redirect URI.
	Query pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"query"`
}

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutputWithContext

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray []GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriInput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayInput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayInput` via:

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArray{ GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs{...} }

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput) Index

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArrayOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriInput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput
	ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput
}

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriInput is an input type that accepts GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs and GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriInput` via:

GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriArgs{...}

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput

type GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) Host

The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) Path

The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) Port

The communication port to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) Protocol

The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) Query

The query string to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput() GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput

func (GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutputWithContext

func (o GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput) ToGetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesListenerRuleRuleRedirectUriOutput

type GetListenerRulesOutputArgs

type GetListenerRulesOutputArgs struct {
	Filters GetListenerRulesFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The name of the listener the rules are associated with.
	ListenerName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"listenerName"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the listener.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getListenerRules.

func (GetListenerRulesOutputArgs) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetListenerRulesResult

type GetListenerRulesResult struct {
	Filters []GetListenerRulesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id           string `pulumi:"id"`
	ListenerName string `pulumi:"listenerName"`
	// The list of listener_rules.
	ListenerRules  []GetListenerRulesListenerRule `pulumi:"listenerRules"`
	LoadBalancerId string                         `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of values returned by getListenerRules.

func GetListenerRules

func GetListenerRules(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetListenerRulesArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetListenerRulesResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Listener Rules in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all of the rules from all of the rule sets associated with the specified listener. The response organizes the rules in the following order:

* Access control rules * Allow method rules * Request header rules * Response header rules

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetListenerRules(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetListenerRulesArgs{
			ListenerName:   testListener.Name,
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetListenerRulesResultOutput

type GetListenerRulesResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getListenerRules.

func (GetListenerRulesResultOutput) ElementType

func (GetListenerRulesResultOutput) Filters

func (GetListenerRulesResultOutput) Id

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetListenerRulesResultOutput) ListenerName

func (GetListenerRulesResultOutput) ListenerRules

The list of listener_rules.

func (GetListenerRulesResultOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (GetListenerRulesResultOutput) ToGetListenerRulesResultOutput

func (o GetListenerRulesResultOutput) ToGetListenerRulesResultOutput() GetListenerRulesResultOutput

func (GetListenerRulesResultOutput) ToGetListenerRulesResultOutputWithContext

func (o GetListenerRulesResultOutput) ToGetListenerRulesResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetListenerRulesResultOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesArgs

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesArgs struct {
	Filters []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the routing policies.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getLoadBalancerRoutingPolicies.

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilter

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilter struct {
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs struct {
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterInput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayInput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayInput` via:

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArray{ GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) Index

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterInput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterInput` via:

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) Name

A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) Regex

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterOutput) Values

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesOutputArgs

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesOutputArgs struct {
	Filters GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the routing policies.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getLoadBalancerRoutingPolicies.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesOutputArgs) ElementType

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResult

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResult struct {
	Filters []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The list of routing_policies.
	RoutingPolicies []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicy `pulumi:"routingPolicies"`
}

A collection of values returned by getLoadBalancerRoutingPolicies.

func GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicies

This data source provides the list of Load Balancer Routing Policies in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all routing policies associated with the specified load balancer.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicies(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getLoadBalancerRoutingPolicies.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) Filters

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) Id

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) RoutingPolicies

The list of routing_policies.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesResultOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicy

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicy struct {
	// The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.
	ConditionLanguageVersion string `pulumi:"conditionLanguageVersion"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the routing policies.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The ordered list of routing rules.
	Rules []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRule `pulumi:"rules"`
	State string                                            `pulumi:"state"`
}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs struct {
	// The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.
	ConditionLanguageVersion pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"conditionLanguageVersion"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the routing policies.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The ordered list of routing rules.
	Rules GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput `pulumi:"rules"`
	State pulumi.StringInput                                        `pulumi:"state"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyInput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayInput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayInput` via:

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArray{ GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) Index

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyInput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyInput` via:

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) ConditionLanguageVersion

The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) LoadBalancerId

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the routing policies.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) Name

A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) Rules

The ordered list of routing rules.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) State

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRule

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRule struct {
	// A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.
	Actions []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleAction `pulumi:"actions"`
	// A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.
	Condition string `pulumi:"condition"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleAction

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleAction struct {
	// Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to.  Example: `backendSetForImages`
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs struct {
	// Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to.  Example: `backendSetForImages`
	BackendSetName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput` via:

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray{ GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) Index

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput` via:

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) BackendSetName

Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to. Example: `backendSetForImages`

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) Name

A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs struct {
	// A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.
	Actions GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput `pulumi:"actions"`
	// A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.
	Condition pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleInput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput` via:

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArray{ GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) Index

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleInput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleInput` via:

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Actions

A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Condition

A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Name

A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPoliciesRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRule

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRule struct {
	// A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.
	Actions []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleAction `pulumi:"actions"`
	// A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.
	Condition string `pulumi:"condition"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleAction

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleAction struct {
	// Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to.  Example: `backendSetForImages`
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs struct {
	// Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to.  Example: `backendSetForImages`
	BackendSetName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput` via:

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray{ GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) Index

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput` via:

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) BackendSetName

Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to. Example: `backendSetForImages`

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) Name

A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs struct {
	// A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.
	Actions GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput `pulumi:"actions"`
	// A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.
	Condition pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput` via:

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray{ GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) Index

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput
}

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs and GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput` via:

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

type GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Actions

A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Condition

A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Name

A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput() GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToGetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

type GetLoadBalancersArgs

type GetLoadBalancersArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancers to list.
	CompartmentId string `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	// The level of detail to return for each result. Can be `full` or `simple`.  Example: `full`
	Detail *string `pulumi:"detail"`
	// A filter to return only resources that match the given display name exactly.  Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`
	DisplayName *string                  `pulumi:"displayName"`
	Filters     []GetLoadBalancersFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// A filter to return only resources that match the given lifecycle state.  Example: `SUCCEEDED`
	State *string `pulumi:"state"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getLoadBalancers.

type GetLoadBalancersFilter

type GetLoadBalancersFilter struct {
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs

type GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs struct {
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutput() GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput

type GetLoadBalancersFilterArray

type GetLoadBalancersFilterArray []GetLoadBalancersFilterInput

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArray) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArray) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancersFilterArray) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArray) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancersFilterArray) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayInput

type GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersFilterArray and GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayInput` via:

GetLoadBalancersFilterArray{ GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput) Index

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersFilterInput

type GetLoadBalancersFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutput() GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs and GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersFilterInput` via:

GetLoadBalancersFilterArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput

type GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) Name

A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) Regex

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutput() GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersFilterOutput) Values

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancer

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancer struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancers to list.
	CompartmentId string `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	// Defined tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Operations.CostCenter": "42"}`
	DefinedTags map[string]interface{} `pulumi:"definedTags"`
	// A filter to return only resources that match the given display name exactly.  Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`
	DisplayName string `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Free-form tags for this resource. Each tag is a simple key-value pair with no predefined name, type, or namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Department": "Finance"}`
	FreeformTags map[string]interface{} `pulumi:"freeformTags"`
	// Ocid of the pre-created public IP. That should be attahed to this load balancer.
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
	// An array of IP addresses.
	IpAddressDetails []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetail `pulumi:"ipAddressDetails"`
	// An array of IP addresses. Deprecated: use ipAddressDetails instead.
	//
	// Deprecated: The 'ip_addresses' field has been deprecated. Please use 'ip_address_details' instead.
	IpAddresses []string `pulumi:"ipAddresses"`
	IpMode      string   `pulumi:"ipMode"`
	// Whether the load balancer has a VCN-local (private) IP address.
	IsPrivate bool `pulumi:"isPrivate"`
	// An array of NSG [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) associated with the load balancer.
	NetworkSecurityGroupIds []string                                 `pulumi:"networkSecurityGroupIds"`
	ReservedIps             []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIp `pulumi:"reservedIps"`
	// A template that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). To get a list of available shapes, use the [ListShapes](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerShape/ListShapes) operation.  Example: `100Mbps`
	Shape string `pulumi:"shape"`
	// The configuration details to update load balancer to a different shape.
	ShapeDetails []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetail `pulumi:"shapeDetails"`
	// A filter to return only resources that match the given lifecycle state.  Example: `SUCCEEDED`
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// An array of subnet [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm).
	SubnetIds []string `pulumi:"subnetIds"`
	// System tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). System tags can be viewed by users, but can only be created by the system.  Example: `{"orcl-cloud.free-tier-retained": "true"}`
	SystemTags map[string]interface{} `pulumi:"systemTags"`
	// The date and time the load balancer was created, in the format defined by RFC3339.  Example: `2016-08-25T21:10:29.600Z`
	TimeCreated string `pulumi:"timeCreated"`
}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancers to list.
	CompartmentId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	// Defined tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Operations.CostCenter": "42"}`
	DefinedTags pulumi.MapInput `pulumi:"definedTags"`
	// A filter to return only resources that match the given display name exactly.  Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`
	DisplayName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Free-form tags for this resource. Each tag is a simple key-value pair with no predefined name, type, or namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Department": "Finance"}`
	FreeformTags pulumi.MapInput `pulumi:"freeformTags"`
	// Ocid of the pre-created public IP. That should be attahed to this load balancer.
	Id pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"id"`
	// An array of IP addresses.
	IpAddressDetails GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput `pulumi:"ipAddressDetails"`
	// An array of IP addresses. Deprecated: use ipAddressDetails instead.
	//
	// Deprecated: The 'ip_addresses' field has been deprecated. Please use 'ip_address_details' instead.
	IpAddresses pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"ipAddresses"`
	IpMode      pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"ipMode"`
	// Whether the load balancer has a VCN-local (private) IP address.
	IsPrivate pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"isPrivate"`
	// An array of NSG [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) associated with the load balancer.
	NetworkSecurityGroupIds pulumi.StringArrayInput                          `pulumi:"networkSecurityGroupIds"`
	ReservedIps             GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput `pulumi:"reservedIps"`
	// A template that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). To get a list of available shapes, use the [ListShapes](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerShape/ListShapes) operation.  Example: `100Mbps`
	Shape pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"shape"`
	// The configuration details to update load balancer to a different shape.
	ShapeDetails GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayInput `pulumi:"shapeDetails"`
	// A filter to return only resources that match the given lifecycle state.  Example: `SUCCEEDED`
	State pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"state"`
	// An array of subnet [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm).
	SubnetIds pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"subnetIds"`
	// System tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). System tags can be viewed by users, but can only be created by the system.  Example: `{"orcl-cloud.free-tier-retained": "true"}`
	SystemTags pulumi.MapInput `pulumi:"systemTags"`
	// The date and time the load balancer was created, in the format defined by RFC3339.  Example: `2016-08-25T21:10:29.600Z`
	TimeCreated pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"timeCreated"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerInput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayInput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayInput` via:

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArray{ GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput) Index

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerInput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerInput` via:

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetail

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetail struct {
	// An IP address.  Example: `192.168.0.3`
	IpAddress string `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// Whether the IP address is public or private.
	IsPublic bool `pulumi:"isPublic"`
	// Pre-created public IP that will be used as the IP of this load balancer. This reserved IP will not be deleted when load balancer is deleted. This ip should not be already mapped to any other resource.
	ReservedIps []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIp `pulumi:"reservedIps"`
}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs struct {
	// An IP address.  Example: `192.168.0.3`
	IpAddress pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// Whether the IP address is public or private.
	IsPublic pulumi.BoolInput `pulumi:"isPublic"`
	// Pre-created public IP that will be used as the IP of this load balancer. This reserved IP will not be deleted when load balancer is deleted. This ip should not be already mapped to any other resource.
	ReservedIps GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput `pulumi:"reservedIps"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput` via:

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray{ GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) Index

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput` via:

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) IpAddress

An IP address. Example: `192.168.0.3`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) IsPublic

Whether the IP address is public or private.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ReservedIps

Pre-created public IP that will be used as the IP of this load balancer. This reserved IP will not be deleted when load balancer is deleted. This ip should not be already mapped to any other resource.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIp

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIp struct {
	// Ocid of the pre-created public IP. That should be attahed to this load balancer.
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs struct {
	// Ocid of the pre-created public IP. That should be attahed to this load balancer.
	Id pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"id"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput` via:

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray{ GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) Index

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput` via:

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) Id

Ocid of the pre-created public IP. That should be attahed to this load balancer.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) CompartmentId

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancers to list.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) DefinedTags

Defined tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). Example: `{"Operations.CostCenter": "42"}`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) DisplayName

A filter to return only resources that match the given display name exactly. Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) FreeformTags

Free-form tags for this resource. Each tag is a simple key-value pair with no predefined name, type, or namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). Example: `{"Department": "Finance"}`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) Id

Ocid of the pre-created public IP. That should be attahed to this load balancer.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) IpAddressDetails

An array of IP addresses.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) IpAddresses deprecated

An array of IP addresses. Deprecated: use ipAddressDetails instead.

Deprecated: The 'ip_addresses' field has been deprecated. Please use 'ip_address_details' instead.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) IpMode

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) IsPrivate

Whether the load balancer has a VCN-local (private) IP address.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) NetworkSecurityGroupIds

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) NetworkSecurityGroupIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

An array of NSG [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) associated with the load balancer.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) ReservedIps

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) Shape

A template that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). To get a list of available shapes, use the [ListShapes](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerShape/ListShapes) operation. Example: `100Mbps`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) ShapeDetails

The configuration details to update load balancer to a different shape.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) State

A filter to return only resources that match the given lifecycle state. Example: `SUCCEEDED`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) SubnetIds

An array of subnet [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm).

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) SystemTags

System tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). System tags can be viewed by users, but can only be created by the system. Example: `{"orcl-cloud.free-tier-retained": "true"}`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) TimeCreated

The date and time the load balancer was created, in the format defined by RFC3339. Example: `2016-08-25T21:10:29.600Z`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIp

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIp struct {
	// Ocid of the pre-created public IP. That should be attahed to this load balancer.
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs struct {
	// Ocid of the pre-created public IP. That should be attahed to this load balancer.
	Id pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"id"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpInput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput` via:

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArray{ GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) Index

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpInput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpInput` via:

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) Id

Ocid of the pre-created public IP. That should be attahed to this load balancer.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetail

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetail struct {
	// Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the maximum bandwidth (ingress plus egress) that the load balancer can achieve. This bandwidth cannot be always guaranteed. For a guaranteed bandwidth use the minimumBandwidthInMbps parameter.
	MaximumBandwidthInMbps int `pulumi:"maximumBandwidthInMbps"`
	// Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). The values must be between 10 and the maximumBandwidthInMbps.  Example: `150`
	MinimumBandwidthInMbps int `pulumi:"minimumBandwidthInMbps"`
}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs struct {
	// Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the maximum bandwidth (ingress plus egress) that the load balancer can achieve. This bandwidth cannot be always guaranteed. For a guaranteed bandwidth use the minimumBandwidthInMbps parameter.
	MaximumBandwidthInMbps pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"maximumBandwidthInMbps"`
	// Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). The values must be between 10 and the maximumBandwidthInMbps.  Example: `150`
	MinimumBandwidthInMbps pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"minimumBandwidthInMbps"`
}

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailInput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayInput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayInput` via:

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArray{ GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs{...} }

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput) Index

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArrayOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailInput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput
	ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput
}

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailInput is an input type that accepts GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs and GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailInput` via:

GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailArgs{...}

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput

type GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput) MaximumBandwidthInMbps

Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the maximum bandwidth (ingress plus egress) that the load balancer can achieve. This bandwidth cannot be always guaranteed. For a guaranteed bandwidth use the minimumBandwidthInMbps parameter.

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput) MinimumBandwidthInMbps

Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). The values must be between 10 and the maximumBandwidthInMbps. Example: `150`

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput() GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancerShapeDetailOutput

type GetLoadBalancersOutputArgs

type GetLoadBalancersOutputArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancers to list.
	CompartmentId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	// The level of detail to return for each result. Can be `full` or `simple`.  Example: `full`
	Detail pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"detail"`
	// A filter to return only resources that match the given display name exactly.  Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`
	DisplayName pulumi.StringPtrInput            `pulumi:"displayName"`
	Filters     GetLoadBalancersFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// A filter to return only resources that match the given lifecycle state.  Example: `SUCCEEDED`
	State pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"state"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getLoadBalancers.

func (GetLoadBalancersOutputArgs) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetLoadBalancersResult

type GetLoadBalancersResult struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancer.
	CompartmentId string  `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Detail        *string `pulumi:"detail"`
	// A user-friendly name. It does not have to be unique, and it is changeable.  Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`
	DisplayName *string                  `pulumi:"displayName"`
	Filters     []GetLoadBalancersFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
	// The list of load_balancers.
	LoadBalancers []GetLoadBalancersLoadBalancer `pulumi:"loadBalancers"`
	// The current state of the load balancer.
	State *string `pulumi:"state"`
}

A collection of values returned by getLoadBalancers.

func GetLoadBalancers

func GetLoadBalancers(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetLoadBalancersArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetLoadBalancersResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Load Balancers in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all load balancers in the specified compartment.

## Supported Aliases

* `ociLoadBalancers`

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetLoadBalancers(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetLoadBalancersArgs{
			CompartmentId: compartmentId,
			Detail:        pulumi.StringRef(loadBalancerDetail),
			DisplayName:   pulumi.StringRef(loadBalancerDisplayName),
			State:         pulumi.StringRef(loadBalancerState),
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetLoadBalancersResultOutput

type GetLoadBalancersResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getLoadBalancers.

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) CompartmentId

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancer.

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) Detail

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) DisplayName

A user-friendly name. It does not have to be unique, and it is changeable. Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) ElementType

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) Filters

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) Id

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) LoadBalancers

The list of load_balancers.

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) State

The current state of the load balancer.

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersResultOutput

func (o GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersResultOutput() GetLoadBalancersResultOutput

func (GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersResultOutputWithContext

func (o GetLoadBalancersResultOutput) ToGetLoadBalancersResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetLoadBalancersResultOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsArgs

type GetPathRouteSetsArgs struct {
	Filters []GetPathRouteSetsFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the path route sets to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getPathRouteSets.

type GetPathRouteSetsFilter

type GetPathRouteSetsFilter struct {
	// The unique name for this set of path route rules. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs struct {
	// The unique name for this set of path route rules. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs) ElementType

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput

func (i GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput() GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutputWithContext

func (i GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray []GetPathRouteSetsFilterInput

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray) ElementType

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (i GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayInput

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput
}

GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray and GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayInput` via:

GetPathRouteSetsFilterArray{ GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs{...} }

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput) Index

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (o GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterInput

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput() GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput
	ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput
}

GetPathRouteSetsFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs and GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPathRouteSetsFilterInput` via:

GetPathRouteSetsFilterArgs{...}

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) ElementType

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) Name

The unique name for this set of path route rules. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `examplePathRouteSet`

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) Regex

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput

func (o GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput() GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutputWithContext

func (o GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsFilterOutput) Values

type GetPathRouteSetsOutputArgs

type GetPathRouteSetsOutputArgs struct {
	Filters GetPathRouteSetsFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the path route sets to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getPathRouteSets.

func (GetPathRouteSetsOutputArgs) ElementType

func (GetPathRouteSetsOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSet

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSet struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the path route sets to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The unique name for this set of path route rules. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The set of path route rules.
	PathRoutes []GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoute `pulumi:"pathRoutes"`
	State      string                                  `pulumi:"state"`
}

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the path route sets to retrieve.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The unique name for this set of path route rules. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The set of path route rules.
	PathRoutes GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput `pulumi:"pathRoutes"`
	State      pulumi.StringInput                              `pulumi:"state"`
}

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs) ElementType

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutputWithContext

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray []GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetInput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray) ElementType

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayInput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput
	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput
}

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray and GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayInput` via:

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArray{ GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs{...} }

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput) Index

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArrayOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetInput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput
	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput
}

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetInput is an input type that accepts GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs and GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetInput` via:

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetArgs{...}

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) ElementType

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) LoadBalancerId

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer associated with the path route sets to retrieve.

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) Name

The unique name for this set of path route rules. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `examplePathRouteSet`

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) PathRoutes

The set of path route rules.

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) State

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutputWithContext

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoute

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoute struct {
	// The name of the target backend set for requests where the incoming URI matches the specified path.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// The path string to match against the incoming URI path.
	// *  Path strings are case-insensitive.
	// *  Asterisk (*) wildcards are not supported.
	// *  Regular expressions are not supported.
	Path string `pulumi:"path"`
	// The type of matching to apply to incoming URIs.
	PathMatchType GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchType `pulumi:"pathMatchType"`
}

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs struct {
	// The name of the target backend set for requests where the incoming URI matches the specified path.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendSetName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// The path string to match against the incoming URI path.
	// *  Path strings are case-insensitive.
	// *  Asterisk (*) wildcards are not supported.
	// *  Regular expressions are not supported.
	Path pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"path"`
	// The type of matching to apply to incoming URIs.
	PathMatchType GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput `pulumi:"pathMatchType"`
}

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ElementType

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray []GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteInput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ElementType

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput
	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput
}

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray and GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput` via:

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArray{ GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs{...} }

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) Index

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteInput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput
	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput
}

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteInput is an input type that accepts GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs and GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteInput` via:

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteArgs{...}

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) BackendSetName

The name of the target backend set for requests where the incoming URI matches the specified path. Example: `exampleBackendSet`

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ElementType

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) Path

The path string to match against the incoming URI path. * Path strings are case-insensitive. * Asterisk (*) wildcards are not supported. * Regular expressions are not supported.

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) PathMatchType

The type of matching to apply to incoming URIs.

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchType

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchType struct {
	// Specifies how the load balancing service compares a [PathRoute](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/requests/PathRoute) object's `path` string against the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that exactly matches the incoming URI path.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for the `path` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the ending portion of the incoming URI path.
	MatchType string `pulumi:"matchType"`
}

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs struct {
	// Specifies how the load balancing service compares a [PathRoute](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/requests/PathRoute) object's `path` string against the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that exactly matches the incoming URI path.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for the `path` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the ending portion of the incoming URI path.
	MatchType pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"matchType"`
}

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ElementType

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext

func (i GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput() GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput
	ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput
}

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput is an input type that accepts GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs and GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput` via:

GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs{...}

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ElementType

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) MatchType

Specifies how the load balancing service compares a [PathRoute](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/requests/PathRoute) object's `path` string against the incoming URI. * **EXACT_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that exactly matches the incoming URI path. * **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for the `path` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path. * **PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the beginning portion of the incoming URI path. * **SUFFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the ending portion of the incoming URI path.

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext

func (o GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsResult

type GetPathRouteSetsResult struct {
	Filters []GetPathRouteSetsFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The list of path_route_sets.
	PathRouteSets []GetPathRouteSetsPathRouteSet `pulumi:"pathRouteSets"`
}

A collection of values returned by getPathRouteSets.

func GetPathRouteSets

func GetPathRouteSets(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetPathRouteSetsArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetPathRouteSetsResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Path Route Sets in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all path route sets associated with the specified load balancer.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetPathRouteSets(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetPathRouteSetsArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput

type GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getPathRouteSets.

func (GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) ElementType

func (GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) Filters

func (GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) Id

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) PathRouteSets

The list of path_route_sets.

func (GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsResultOutput

func (o GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsResultOutput() GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput

func (GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsResultOutputWithContext

func (o GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput) ToGetPathRouteSetsResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPathRouteSetsResultOutput

type GetPoliciesArgs

type GetPoliciesArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancer policies to list.
	CompartmentId string              `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       []GetPoliciesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getPolicies.

type GetPoliciesFilter

type GetPoliciesFilter struct {
	// The name of a load balancing policy.  Example: 'LEAST_CONNECTIONS'
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetPoliciesFilterArgs

type GetPoliciesFilterArgs struct {
	// The name of a load balancing policy.  Example: 'LEAST_CONNECTIONS'
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetPoliciesFilterArgs) ElementType

func (GetPoliciesFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPoliciesFilterArgs) ToGetPoliciesFilterOutput

func (i GetPoliciesFilterArgs) ToGetPoliciesFilterOutput() GetPoliciesFilterOutput

func (GetPoliciesFilterArgs) ToGetPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext

func (i GetPoliciesFilterArgs) ToGetPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesFilterOutput

type GetPoliciesFilterArray

type GetPoliciesFilterArray []GetPoliciesFilterInput

func (GetPoliciesFilterArray) ElementType

func (GetPoliciesFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPoliciesFilterArray) ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

func (i GetPoliciesFilterArray) ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput() GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetPoliciesFilterArray) ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetPoliciesFilterArray) ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

type GetPoliciesFilterArrayInput

type GetPoliciesFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput() GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput
}

GetPoliciesFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetPoliciesFilterArray and GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPoliciesFilterArrayInput` via:

GetPoliciesFilterArray{ GetPoliciesFilterArgs{...} }

type GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

type GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) Index

func (GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

func (o GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput() GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetPoliciesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesFilterArrayOutput

type GetPoliciesFilterInput

type GetPoliciesFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPoliciesFilterOutput() GetPoliciesFilterOutput
	ToGetPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPoliciesFilterOutput
}

GetPoliciesFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetPoliciesFilterArgs and GetPoliciesFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPoliciesFilterInput` via:

GetPoliciesFilterArgs{...}

type GetPoliciesFilterOutput

type GetPoliciesFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPoliciesFilterOutput) ElementType

func (GetPoliciesFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPoliciesFilterOutput) Name

The name of a load balancing policy. Example: 'LEAST_CONNECTIONS'

func (GetPoliciesFilterOutput) Regex

func (GetPoliciesFilterOutput) ToGetPoliciesFilterOutput

func (o GetPoliciesFilterOutput) ToGetPoliciesFilterOutput() GetPoliciesFilterOutput

func (GetPoliciesFilterOutput) ToGetPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext

func (o GetPoliciesFilterOutput) ToGetPoliciesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesFilterOutput

func (GetPoliciesFilterOutput) Values

type GetPoliciesOutputArgs

type GetPoliciesOutputArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancer policies to list.
	CompartmentId pulumi.StringInput          `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       GetPoliciesFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getPolicies.

func (GetPoliciesOutputArgs) ElementType

func (GetPoliciesOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetPoliciesPolicy

type GetPoliciesPolicy struct {
	// The name of a load balancing policy.  Example: 'LEAST_CONNECTIONS'
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type GetPoliciesPolicyArgs

type GetPoliciesPolicyArgs struct {
	// The name of a load balancing policy.  Example: 'LEAST_CONNECTIONS'
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArgs) ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutput

func (i GetPoliciesPolicyArgs) ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutput() GetPoliciesPolicyOutput

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArgs) ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i GetPoliciesPolicyArgs) ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesPolicyOutput

type GetPoliciesPolicyArray

type GetPoliciesPolicyArray []GetPoliciesPolicyInput

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArray) ElementType

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArray) ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput

func (i GetPoliciesPolicyArray) ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput() GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArray) ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetPoliciesPolicyArray) ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput

type GetPoliciesPolicyArrayInput

type GetPoliciesPolicyArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput() GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput
	ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput
}

GetPoliciesPolicyArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetPoliciesPolicyArray and GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPoliciesPolicyArrayInput` via:

GetPoliciesPolicyArray{ GetPoliciesPolicyArgs{...} }

type GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput

type GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput) Index

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput) ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput

func (o GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput) ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput() GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput

func (GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput) ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput) ToGetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesPolicyArrayOutput

type GetPoliciesPolicyInput

type GetPoliciesPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutput() GetPoliciesPolicyOutput
	ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetPoliciesPolicyOutput
}

GetPoliciesPolicyInput is an input type that accepts GetPoliciesPolicyArgs and GetPoliciesPolicyOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetPoliciesPolicyInput` via:

GetPoliciesPolicyArgs{...}

type GetPoliciesPolicyOutput

type GetPoliciesPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetPoliciesPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (GetPoliciesPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPoliciesPolicyOutput) Name

The name of a load balancing policy. Example: 'LEAST_CONNECTIONS'

func (GetPoliciesPolicyOutput) ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutput

func (o GetPoliciesPolicyOutput) ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutput() GetPoliciesPolicyOutput

func (GetPoliciesPolicyOutput) ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o GetPoliciesPolicyOutput) ToGetPoliciesPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesPolicyOutput

type GetPoliciesResult

type GetPoliciesResult struct {
	CompartmentId string              `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       []GetPoliciesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
	// The list of policies.
	Policies []GetPoliciesPolicy `pulumi:"policies"`
}

A collection of values returned by getPolicies.

func GetPolicies

func GetPolicies(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetPoliciesArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetPoliciesResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Load Balancer Policies in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists the available load balancer policies.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetPolicies(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetPoliciesArgs{
			CompartmentId: compartmentId,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetPoliciesResultOutput

type GetPoliciesResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getPolicies.

func (GetPoliciesResultOutput) CompartmentId

func (o GetPoliciesResultOutput) CompartmentId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetPoliciesResultOutput) ElementType

func (GetPoliciesResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetPoliciesResultOutput) Filters

func (GetPoliciesResultOutput) Id

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetPoliciesResultOutput) Policies

The list of policies.

func (GetPoliciesResultOutput) ToGetPoliciesResultOutput

func (o GetPoliciesResultOutput) ToGetPoliciesResultOutput() GetPoliciesResultOutput

func (GetPoliciesResultOutput) ToGetPoliciesResultOutputWithContext

func (o GetPoliciesResultOutput) ToGetPoliciesResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetPoliciesResultOutput

type GetProtocolsArgs

type GetProtocolsArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancer protocols to list.
	CompartmentId string               `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       []GetProtocolsFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getProtocols.

type GetProtocolsFilter

type GetProtocolsFilter struct {
	// The name of a protocol.  Example: 'HTTP'
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetProtocolsFilterArgs

type GetProtocolsFilterArgs struct {
	// The name of a protocol.  Example: 'HTTP'
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetProtocolsFilterArgs) ElementType

func (GetProtocolsFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetProtocolsFilterArgs) ToGetProtocolsFilterOutput

func (i GetProtocolsFilterArgs) ToGetProtocolsFilterOutput() GetProtocolsFilterOutput

func (GetProtocolsFilterArgs) ToGetProtocolsFilterOutputWithContext

func (i GetProtocolsFilterArgs) ToGetProtocolsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsFilterOutput

type GetProtocolsFilterArray

type GetProtocolsFilterArray []GetProtocolsFilterInput

func (GetProtocolsFilterArray) ElementType

func (GetProtocolsFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetProtocolsFilterArray) ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput

func (i GetProtocolsFilterArray) ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput() GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetProtocolsFilterArray) ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetProtocolsFilterArray) ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput

type GetProtocolsFilterArrayInput

type GetProtocolsFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput() GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput
}

GetProtocolsFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetProtocolsFilterArray and GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetProtocolsFilterArrayInput` via:

GetProtocolsFilterArray{ GetProtocolsFilterArgs{...} }

type GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput

type GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput) Index

func (GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput

func (o GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput() GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetProtocolsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsFilterArrayOutput

type GetProtocolsFilterInput

type GetProtocolsFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetProtocolsFilterOutput() GetProtocolsFilterOutput
	ToGetProtocolsFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetProtocolsFilterOutput
}

GetProtocolsFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetProtocolsFilterArgs and GetProtocolsFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetProtocolsFilterInput` via:

GetProtocolsFilterArgs{...}

type GetProtocolsFilterOutput

type GetProtocolsFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetProtocolsFilterOutput) ElementType

func (GetProtocolsFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetProtocolsFilterOutput) Name

The name of a protocol. Example: 'HTTP'

func (GetProtocolsFilterOutput) Regex

func (GetProtocolsFilterOutput) ToGetProtocolsFilterOutput

func (o GetProtocolsFilterOutput) ToGetProtocolsFilterOutput() GetProtocolsFilterOutput

func (GetProtocolsFilterOutput) ToGetProtocolsFilterOutputWithContext

func (o GetProtocolsFilterOutput) ToGetProtocolsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsFilterOutput

func (GetProtocolsFilterOutput) Values

type GetProtocolsOutputArgs

type GetProtocolsOutputArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancer protocols to list.
	CompartmentId pulumi.StringInput           `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       GetProtocolsFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getProtocols.

func (GetProtocolsOutputArgs) ElementType

func (GetProtocolsOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetProtocolsProtocol

type GetProtocolsProtocol struct {
	// The name of a protocol.  Example: 'HTTP'
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type GetProtocolsProtocolArgs

type GetProtocolsProtocolArgs struct {
	// The name of a protocol.  Example: 'HTTP'
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArgs) ElementType

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArgs) ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutput

func (i GetProtocolsProtocolArgs) ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutput() GetProtocolsProtocolOutput

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArgs) ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutputWithContext

func (i GetProtocolsProtocolArgs) ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsProtocolOutput

type GetProtocolsProtocolArray

type GetProtocolsProtocolArray []GetProtocolsProtocolInput

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArray) ElementType

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArray) ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput

func (i GetProtocolsProtocolArray) ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput() GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArray) ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetProtocolsProtocolArray) ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput

type GetProtocolsProtocolArrayInput

type GetProtocolsProtocolArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput() GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput
	ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput
}

GetProtocolsProtocolArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetProtocolsProtocolArray and GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetProtocolsProtocolArrayInput` via:

GetProtocolsProtocolArray{ GetProtocolsProtocolArgs{...} }

type GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput

type GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput) Index

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput) ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput

func (o GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput) ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput() GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput

func (GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput) ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput) ToGetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsProtocolArrayOutput

type GetProtocolsProtocolInput

type GetProtocolsProtocolInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutput() GetProtocolsProtocolOutput
	ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetProtocolsProtocolOutput
}

GetProtocolsProtocolInput is an input type that accepts GetProtocolsProtocolArgs and GetProtocolsProtocolOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetProtocolsProtocolInput` via:

GetProtocolsProtocolArgs{...}

type GetProtocolsProtocolOutput

type GetProtocolsProtocolOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetProtocolsProtocolOutput) ElementType

func (GetProtocolsProtocolOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetProtocolsProtocolOutput) Name

The name of a protocol. Example: 'HTTP'

func (GetProtocolsProtocolOutput) ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutput

func (o GetProtocolsProtocolOutput) ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutput() GetProtocolsProtocolOutput

func (GetProtocolsProtocolOutput) ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutputWithContext

func (o GetProtocolsProtocolOutput) ToGetProtocolsProtocolOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsProtocolOutput

type GetProtocolsResult

type GetProtocolsResult struct {
	CompartmentId string               `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       []GetProtocolsFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
	// The list of protocols.
	Protocols []GetProtocolsProtocol `pulumi:"protocols"`
}

A collection of values returned by getProtocols.

func GetProtocols

func GetProtocols(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetProtocolsArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetProtocolsResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Load Balancer Protocols in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all supported traffic protocols.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetProtocols(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetProtocolsArgs{
			CompartmentId: compartmentId,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetProtocolsResultOutput

type GetProtocolsResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getProtocols.

func (GetProtocolsResultOutput) CompartmentId

func (o GetProtocolsResultOutput) CompartmentId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetProtocolsResultOutput) ElementType

func (GetProtocolsResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetProtocolsResultOutput) Filters

func (GetProtocolsResultOutput) Id

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetProtocolsResultOutput) Protocols

The list of protocols.

func (GetProtocolsResultOutput) ToGetProtocolsResultOutput

func (o GetProtocolsResultOutput) ToGetProtocolsResultOutput() GetProtocolsResultOutput

func (GetProtocolsResultOutput) ToGetProtocolsResultOutputWithContext

func (o GetProtocolsResultOutput) ToGetProtocolsResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetProtocolsResultOutput

type GetRuleSetItem

type GetRuleSetItem struct {
	// The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`
	Action string `pulumi:"action"`
	// The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.
	AllowedMethods []string `pulumi:"allowedMethods"`
	// Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header
	AreInvalidCharactersAllowed bool                      `pulumi:"areInvalidCharactersAllowed"`
	Conditions                  []GetRuleSetItemCondition `pulumi:"conditions"`
	// A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// A header name that conforms to RFC 7230.  Example: `exampleHeaderName`
	Header string `pulumi:"header"`
	// The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.
	HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb int `pulumi:"httpLargeHeaderSizeInKb"`
	// A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Prefix string `pulumi:"prefix"`
	// An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.
	RedirectUris []GetRuleSetItemRedirectUri `pulumi:"redirectUris"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.
	ResponseCode int `pulumi:"responseCode"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`.  Example: 403
	StatusCode int `pulumi:"statusCode"`
	// A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Suffix string `pulumi:"suffix"`
	// A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Value string `pulumi:"value"`
}

type GetRuleSetItemArgs

type GetRuleSetItemArgs struct {
	// The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`
	Action pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"action"`
	// The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.
	AllowedMethods pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"allowedMethods"`
	// Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header
	AreInvalidCharactersAllowed pulumi.BoolInput                  `pulumi:"areInvalidCharactersAllowed"`
	Conditions                  GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput `pulumi:"conditions"`
	// A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Description pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"description"`
	// A header name that conforms to RFC 7230.  Example: `exampleHeaderName`
	Header pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"header"`
	// The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.
	HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"httpLargeHeaderSizeInKb"`
	// A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Prefix pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"prefix"`
	// An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.
	RedirectUris GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput `pulumi:"redirectUris"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.
	ResponseCode pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"responseCode"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`.  Example: 403
	StatusCode pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"statusCode"`
	// A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Suffix pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"suffix"`
	// A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Value pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"value"`
}

func (GetRuleSetItemArgs) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetItemArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemOutput

func (i GetRuleSetItemArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemOutput() GetRuleSetItemOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemOutputWithContext

func (i GetRuleSetItemArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemOutput

type GetRuleSetItemArray

type GetRuleSetItemArray []GetRuleSetItemInput

func (GetRuleSetItemArray) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetItemArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemArray) ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (i GetRuleSetItemArray) ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemArray) ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetRuleSetItemArray) ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetItemArrayInput

type GetRuleSetItemArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetItemArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetItemArray and GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetItemArrayInput` via:

GetRuleSetItemArray{ GetRuleSetItemArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput) Index

func (GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (o GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetItemCondition

type GetRuleSetItemCondition struct {
	// (Required) (Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`
	AttributeName string `pulumi:"attributeName"`
	// (Required) (Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`:
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against
	AttributeValue string `pulumi:"attributeValue"`
	// A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	Operator string `pulumi:"operator"`
}

type GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs

type GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs struct {
	// (Required) (Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`
	AttributeName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"attributeName"`
	// (Required) (Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`:
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against
	AttributeValue pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"attributeValue"`
	// A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	Operator pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"operator"`
}

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (i GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutput() GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext

func (i GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput

type GetRuleSetItemConditionArray

type GetRuleSetItemConditionArray []GetRuleSetItemConditionInput

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArray) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArray) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (i GetRuleSetItemConditionArray) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArray) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetRuleSetItemConditionArray) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput

type GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetItemConditionArray and GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput` via:

GetRuleSetItemConditionArray{ GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) Index

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (o GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetItemConditionInput

type GetRuleSetItemConditionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutput() GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput
	ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput
}

GetRuleSetItemConditionInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs and GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetItemConditionInput` via:

GetRuleSetItemConditionArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput

type GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeName

(Required) (Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeValue

(Required) (Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`: - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) Operator

A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI. * **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string. * **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path. * **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string. * **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (o GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutput() GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext

func (o GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemConditionOutput

type GetRuleSetItemInput

type GetRuleSetItemInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetItemOutput() GetRuleSetItemOutput
	ToGetRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetItemOutput
}

GetRuleSetItemInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetItemArgs and GetRuleSetItemOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetItemInput` via:

GetRuleSetItemArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetItemOutput

type GetRuleSetItemOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) Action

The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) AllowedMethods

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) AllowedMethods() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) AreInvalidCharactersAllowed

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) AreInvalidCharactersAllowed() pulumi.BoolOutput

Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) Conditions

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) Description

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) Description() pulumi.StringOutput

A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) Header

A header name that conforms to RFC 7230. Example: `exampleHeaderName`

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb() pulumi.IntOutput

The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) Prefix

A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) RedirectUris

An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) ResponseCode

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) ResponseCode() pulumi.IntOutput

The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) StatusCode

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) StatusCode() pulumi.IntOutput

The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`. Example: 403

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) Suffix

A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemOutput

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemOutput() GetRuleSetItemOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemOutputWithContext

func (o GetRuleSetItemOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemOutput) Value

A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUri

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUri struct {
	// The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.
	Host string `pulumi:"host"`
	// The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.
	Path string `pulumi:"path"`
	// The communication port to use in the redirect URI.
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
	// The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.
	Protocol string `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// The query string to use in the redirect URI.
	Query string `pulumi:"query"`
}

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs struct {
	// The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.
	Host pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"host"`
	// The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.
	Path pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"path"`
	// The communication port to use in the redirect URI.
	Port pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"port"`
	// The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.
	Protocol pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// The query string to use in the redirect URI.
	Query pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"query"`
}

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (i GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext

func (i GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray []GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

func (i GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray and GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput` via:

GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray{ GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) Index

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

func (o GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput() GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput
	ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput
}

GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs and GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput` via:

GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

type GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Host

The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Path

The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Port

The communication port to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Protocol

The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Query

The query string to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (o GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext

func (o GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToGetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

type GetRuleSetsArgs

type GetRuleSetsArgs struct {
	Filters []GetRuleSetsFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getRuleSets.

type GetRuleSetsFilter

type GetRuleSetsFilter struct {
	// The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetRuleSetsFilterArgs

type GetRuleSetsFilterArgs struct {
	// The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArgs) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArgs) ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutput

func (i GetRuleSetsFilterArgs) ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutput() GetRuleSetsFilterOutput

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArgs) ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutputWithContext

func (i GetRuleSetsFilterArgs) ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsFilterOutput

type GetRuleSetsFilterArray

type GetRuleSetsFilterArray []GetRuleSetsFilterInput

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArray) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArray) ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (i GetRuleSetsFilterArray) ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArray) ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetRuleSetsFilterArray) ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsFilterArrayInput

type GetRuleSetsFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetsFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsFilterArray and GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsFilterArrayInput` via:

GetRuleSetsFilterArray{ GetRuleSetsFilterArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput) Index

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (o GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsFilterArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsFilterInput

type GetRuleSetsFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutput() GetRuleSetsFilterOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsFilterOutput
}

GetRuleSetsFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsFilterArgs and GetRuleSetsFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsFilterInput` via:

GetRuleSetsFilterArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetsFilterOutput

type GetRuleSetsFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) Name

The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleRuleSet`

func (GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) Regex

func (GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutput

func (o GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutput() GetRuleSetsFilterOutput

func (GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutputWithContext

func (o GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) ToGetRuleSetsFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsFilterOutput

func (GetRuleSetsFilterOutput) Values

type GetRuleSetsOutputArgs

type GetRuleSetsOutputArgs struct {
	Filters GetRuleSetsFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getRuleSets.

func (GetRuleSetsOutputArgs) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetRuleSetsResult

type GetRuleSetsResult struct {
	Filters []GetRuleSetsFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The list of rule_sets.
	RuleSets []GetRuleSetsRuleSet `pulumi:"ruleSets"`
}

A collection of values returned by getRuleSets.

func GetRuleSets

func GetRuleSets(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetRuleSetsArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetRuleSetsResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Rule Sets in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all rule sets associated with the specified load balancer.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetRuleSets(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetRuleSetsArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetRuleSetsResultOutput

type GetRuleSetsResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getRuleSets.

func (GetRuleSetsResultOutput) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsResultOutput) Filters

func (GetRuleSetsResultOutput) Id

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetRuleSetsResultOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (o GetRuleSetsResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetRuleSetsResultOutput) RuleSets

The list of rule_sets.

func (GetRuleSetsResultOutput) ToGetRuleSetsResultOutput

func (o GetRuleSetsResultOutput) ToGetRuleSetsResultOutput() GetRuleSetsResultOutput

func (GetRuleSetsResultOutput) ToGetRuleSetsResultOutputWithContext

func (o GetRuleSetsResultOutput) ToGetRuleSetsResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsResultOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSet

type GetRuleSetsRuleSet struct {
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
	// An array of rules that compose the rule set.
	Items []GetRuleSetsRuleSetItem `pulumi:"items"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	Name  string `pulumi:"name"`
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs struct {
	Id pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"id"`
	// An array of rules that compose the rule set.
	Items GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayInput `pulumi:"items"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	Name  pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	State pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"state"`
}

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutputWithContext

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray []GetRuleSetsRuleSetInput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayInput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray and GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayInput` via:

GetRuleSetsRuleSetArray{ GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput) Index

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetInput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs and GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetInput` via:

GetRuleSetsRuleSetArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItem

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItem struct {
	// The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`
	Action string `pulumi:"action"`
	// The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.
	AllowedMethods []string `pulumi:"allowedMethods"`
	// Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header
	AreInvalidCharactersAllowed bool                              `pulumi:"areInvalidCharactersAllowed"`
	Conditions                  []GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemCondition `pulumi:"conditions"`
	// A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// A header name that conforms to RFC 7230.  Example: `exampleHeaderName`
	Header string `pulumi:"header"`
	// The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.
	HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb int `pulumi:"httpLargeHeaderSizeInKb"`
	// A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Prefix string `pulumi:"prefix"`
	// An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.
	RedirectUris []GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUri `pulumi:"redirectUris"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.
	ResponseCode int `pulumi:"responseCode"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`.  Example: 403
	StatusCode int `pulumi:"statusCode"`
	// A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Suffix string `pulumi:"suffix"`
	// A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Value string `pulumi:"value"`
}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs struct {
	// The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`
	Action pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"action"`
	// The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.
	AllowedMethods pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"allowedMethods"`
	// Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header
	AreInvalidCharactersAllowed pulumi.BoolInput                          `pulumi:"areInvalidCharactersAllowed"`
	Conditions                  GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput `pulumi:"conditions"`
	// A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Description pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"description"`
	// A header name that conforms to RFC 7230.  Example: `exampleHeaderName`
	Header pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"header"`
	// The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.
	HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"httpLargeHeaderSizeInKb"`
	// A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Prefix pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"prefix"`
	// An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.
	RedirectUris GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput `pulumi:"redirectUris"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.
	ResponseCode pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"responseCode"`
	// The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`.  Example: 403
	StatusCode pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"statusCode"`
	// A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Suffix pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"suffix"`
	// A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	Value pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"value"`
}

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutputWithContext

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray []GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemInput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayInput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray and GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayInput` via:

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArray{ GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput) Index

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemCondition

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemCondition struct {
	// (Required) (Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`
	AttributeName string `pulumi:"attributeName"`
	// (Required) (Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`:
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against
	AttributeValue string `pulumi:"attributeValue"`
	// A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	Operator string `pulumi:"operator"`
}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs struct {
	// (Required) (Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`
	AttributeName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"attributeName"`
	// (Required) (Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`:
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against
	AttributeValue pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"attributeValue"`
	// A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	Operator pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"operator"`
}

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray []GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionInput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray and GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayInput` via:

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArray{ GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) Index

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionInput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs and GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionInput` via:

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeName

(Required) (Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeValue

(Required) (Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`: - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) Operator

A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI. * **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string. * **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path. * **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string. * **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemConditionOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemInput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs and GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemInput` via:

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Action

The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) AllowedMethods

The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) AreInvalidCharactersAllowed

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) AreInvalidCharactersAllowed() pulumi.BoolOutput

Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Conditions

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Description

A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Header

A header name that conforms to RFC 7230. Example: `exampleHeaderName`

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb() pulumi.IntOutput

The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Prefix

A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) RedirectUris

An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) ResponseCode

The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) StatusCode

The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`. Example: 403

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Suffix

A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutputWithContext

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemOutput) Value

A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUri

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUri struct {
	// The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.
	Host string `pulumi:"host"`
	// The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.
	Path string `pulumi:"path"`
	// The communication port to use in the redirect URI.
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
	// The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.
	Protocol string `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// The query string to use in the redirect URI.
	Query string `pulumi:"query"`
}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs struct {
	// The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.
	Host pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"host"`
	// The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.
	Path pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"path"`
	// The communication port to use in the redirect URI.
	Port pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"port"`
	// The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.
	Protocol pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// The query string to use in the redirect URI.
	Query pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"query"`
}

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray []GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray and GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayInput` via:

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArray{ GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs{...} }

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) Index

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArrayOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput
	ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput
}

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput is an input type that accepts GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs and GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriInput` via:

GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs{...}

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Host

The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Path

The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Port

The communication port to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Protocol

The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Query

The query string to use in the redirect URI.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput

type GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) ElementType

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) Id

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) Items

An array of rules that compose the rule set.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) Name

The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleRuleSet`

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) State

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput() GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput

func (GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutputWithContext

func (o GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput) ToGetRuleSetsRuleSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetRuleSetsRuleSetOutput

type GetShapesArgs

type GetShapesArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancer shapes to list.
	CompartmentId string            `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       []GetShapesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getShapes.

type GetShapesFilter

type GetShapesFilter struct {
	// The name of the shape.  Example: `100Mbps`
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetShapesFilterArgs

type GetShapesFilterArgs struct {
	// The name of the shape.  Example: `100Mbps`
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetShapesFilterArgs) ElementType

func (GetShapesFilterArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesFilterArgs) ToGetShapesFilterOutput

func (i GetShapesFilterArgs) ToGetShapesFilterOutput() GetShapesFilterOutput

func (GetShapesFilterArgs) ToGetShapesFilterOutputWithContext

func (i GetShapesFilterArgs) ToGetShapesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesFilterOutput

type GetShapesFilterArray

type GetShapesFilterArray []GetShapesFilterInput

func (GetShapesFilterArray) ElementType

func (GetShapesFilterArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesFilterArray) ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutput

func (i GetShapesFilterArray) ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutput() GetShapesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetShapesFilterArray) ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetShapesFilterArray) ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesFilterArrayOutput

type GetShapesFilterArrayInput

type GetShapesFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutput() GetShapesFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetShapesFilterArrayOutput
}

GetShapesFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetShapesFilterArray and GetShapesFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetShapesFilterArrayInput` via:

GetShapesFilterArray{ GetShapesFilterArgs{...} }

type GetShapesFilterArrayOutput

type GetShapesFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetShapesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetShapesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesFilterArrayOutput) Index

func (GetShapesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutput

func (o GetShapesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutput() GetShapesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetShapesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetShapesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetShapesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesFilterArrayOutput

type GetShapesFilterInput

type GetShapesFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetShapesFilterOutput() GetShapesFilterOutput
	ToGetShapesFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetShapesFilterOutput
}

GetShapesFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetShapesFilterArgs and GetShapesFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetShapesFilterInput` via:

GetShapesFilterArgs{...}

type GetShapesFilterOutput

type GetShapesFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetShapesFilterOutput) ElementType

func (GetShapesFilterOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesFilterOutput) Name

The name of the shape. Example: `100Mbps`

func (GetShapesFilterOutput) Regex

func (GetShapesFilterOutput) ToGetShapesFilterOutput

func (o GetShapesFilterOutput) ToGetShapesFilterOutput() GetShapesFilterOutput

func (GetShapesFilterOutput) ToGetShapesFilterOutputWithContext

func (o GetShapesFilterOutput) ToGetShapesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesFilterOutput

func (GetShapesFilterOutput) Values

type GetShapesOutputArgs

type GetShapesOutputArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment containing the load balancer shapes to list.
	CompartmentId pulumi.StringInput        `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       GetShapesFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getShapes.

func (GetShapesOutputArgs) ElementType

func (GetShapesOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type GetShapesResult

type GetShapesResult struct {
	CompartmentId string            `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	Filters       []GetShapesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
	// The list of shapes.
	Shapes []GetShapesShape `pulumi:"shapes"`
}

A collection of values returned by getShapes.

func GetShapes

func GetShapes(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetShapesArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetShapesResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Load Balancer Shapes in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists the valid load balancer shapes.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetShapes(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetShapesArgs{
			CompartmentId: compartmentId,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetShapesResultOutput

type GetShapesResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getShapes.

func (GetShapesResultOutput) CompartmentId

func (o GetShapesResultOutput) CompartmentId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GetShapesResultOutput) ElementType

func (GetShapesResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesResultOutput) Filters

func (GetShapesResultOutput) Id

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetShapesResultOutput) Shapes

The list of shapes.

func (GetShapesResultOutput) ToGetShapesResultOutput

func (o GetShapesResultOutput) ToGetShapesResultOutput() GetShapesResultOutput

func (GetShapesResultOutput) ToGetShapesResultOutputWithContext

func (o GetShapesResultOutput) ToGetShapesResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesResultOutput

type GetShapesShape

type GetShapesShape struct {
	// The name of the shape.  Example: `100Mbps`
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type GetShapesShapeArgs

type GetShapesShapeArgs struct {
	// The name of the shape.  Example: `100Mbps`
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (GetShapesShapeArgs) ElementType

func (GetShapesShapeArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesShapeArgs) ToGetShapesShapeOutput

func (i GetShapesShapeArgs) ToGetShapesShapeOutput() GetShapesShapeOutput

func (GetShapesShapeArgs) ToGetShapesShapeOutputWithContext

func (i GetShapesShapeArgs) ToGetShapesShapeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesShapeOutput

type GetShapesShapeArray

type GetShapesShapeArray []GetShapesShapeInput

func (GetShapesShapeArray) ElementType

func (GetShapesShapeArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesShapeArray) ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutput

func (i GetShapesShapeArray) ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutput() GetShapesShapeArrayOutput

func (GetShapesShapeArray) ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetShapesShapeArray) ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesShapeArrayOutput

type GetShapesShapeArrayInput

type GetShapesShapeArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutput() GetShapesShapeArrayOutput
	ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetShapesShapeArrayOutput
}

GetShapesShapeArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetShapesShapeArray and GetShapesShapeArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetShapesShapeArrayInput` via:

GetShapesShapeArray{ GetShapesShapeArgs{...} }

type GetShapesShapeArrayOutput

type GetShapesShapeArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetShapesShapeArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetShapesShapeArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesShapeArrayOutput) Index

func (GetShapesShapeArrayOutput) ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutput

func (o GetShapesShapeArrayOutput) ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutput() GetShapesShapeArrayOutput

func (GetShapesShapeArrayOutput) ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetShapesShapeArrayOutput) ToGetShapesShapeArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesShapeArrayOutput

type GetShapesShapeInput

type GetShapesShapeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetShapesShapeOutput() GetShapesShapeOutput
	ToGetShapesShapeOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetShapesShapeOutput
}

GetShapesShapeInput is an input type that accepts GetShapesShapeArgs and GetShapesShapeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetShapesShapeInput` via:

GetShapesShapeArgs{...}

type GetShapesShapeOutput

type GetShapesShapeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetShapesShapeOutput) ElementType

func (GetShapesShapeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GetShapesShapeOutput) Name

The name of the shape. Example: `100Mbps`

func (GetShapesShapeOutput) ToGetShapesShapeOutput

func (o GetShapesShapeOutput) ToGetShapesShapeOutput() GetShapesShapeOutput

func (GetShapesShapeOutput) ToGetShapesShapeOutputWithContext

func (o GetShapesShapeOutput) ToGetShapesShapeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetShapesShapeOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesArgs

type GetSslCipherSuitesArgs struct {
	Filters []GetSslCipherSuitesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getSslCipherSuites.

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilter

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilter struct {
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name   string   `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  *bool    `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values []string `pulumi:"values"`
}

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs struct {
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name   pulumi.StringInput      `pulumi:"name"`
	Regex  pulumi.BoolPtrInput     `pulumi:"regex"`
	Values pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"values"`
}

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs) ElementType

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput

func (i GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutputWithContext

func (i GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray []GetSslCipherSuitesFilterInput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray) ElementType

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput

func (i GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayInput

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput
	ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput
}

GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray and GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayInput` via:

GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArray{ GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs{...} }

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput) Index

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterInput

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput
	ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput
}

GetSslCipherSuitesFilterInput is an input type that accepts GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs and GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetSslCipherSuitesFilterInput` via:

GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArgs{...}

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) ElementType

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) Name

A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) Regex

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutputWithContext

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesFilterOutput) Values

type GetSslCipherSuitesOutputArgs

type GetSslCipherSuitesOutputArgs struct {
	Filters GetSslCipherSuitesFilterArrayInput `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getSslCipherSuites.

func (GetSslCipherSuitesOutputArgs) ElementType

type GetSslCipherSuitesResult

type GetSslCipherSuitesResult struct {
	Filters []GetSslCipherSuitesFilter `pulumi:"filters"`
	// The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.
	Id             string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The list of ssl_cipher_suites.
	SslCipherSuites []GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuite `pulumi:"sslCipherSuites"`
}

A collection of values returned by getSslCipherSuites.

func GetSslCipherSuites

func GetSslCipherSuites(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *GetSslCipherSuitesArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*GetSslCipherSuitesResult, error)

This data source provides the list of Ssl Cipher Suites in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Lists all SSL cipher suites associated with the specified load balancer.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetSslCipherSuites(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetSslCipherSuitesArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getSslCipherSuites.

func (GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) ElementType

func (GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) Filters

func (GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) Id

The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

func (GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) SslCipherSuites

The list of ssl_cipher_suites.

func (GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesResultOutputWithContext

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesResultOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuite

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuite struct {
	// A list of SSL ciphers the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	Ciphers []string `pulumi:"ciphers"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name  string `pulumi:"name"`
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
}

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs struct {
	// A list of SSL ciphers the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	Ciphers pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"ciphers"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name  pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
	State pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"state"`
}

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs) ElementType

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput

func (i GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext

func (i GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray []GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteInput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray) ElementType

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

func (i GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayInput

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput
	ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput
}

GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayInput is an input type that accepts GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray and GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayInput` via:

GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArray{ GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs{...} }

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) Index

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteInput

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput
	ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext(context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput
}

GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteInput is an input type that accepts GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs and GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteInput` via:

GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteArgs{...}

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput

type GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) Ciphers

A list of SSL ciphers the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) ElementType

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) LoadBalancerId

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) Name

A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) State

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput() GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput

func (GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext

func (o GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput) ToGetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GetSslCipherSuitesSslCipherSuiteOutput

type Hostname

type Hostname struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// (Updatable) A virtual hostname. For more information about virtual hostname string construction, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm#routing).  Example: `app.example.com`
	Hostname pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"hostname"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the hostname to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleHostname001`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
}

## Example Usage

## Import

Hostnames can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/hostname:Hostname test_hostname "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/hostnames/{name}" ```

func GetHostname

func GetHostname(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *HostnameState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Hostname, error)

GetHostname gets an existing Hostname resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewHostname

func NewHostname(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *HostnameArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Hostname, error)

NewHostname registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Hostname) ElementType

func (*Hostname) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Hostname) ToHostnameOutput

func (i *Hostname) ToHostnameOutput() HostnameOutput

func (*Hostname) ToHostnameOutputWithContext

func (i *Hostname) ToHostnameOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HostnameOutput

type HostnameArgs

type HostnameArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) A virtual hostname. For more information about virtual hostname string construction, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm#routing).  Example: `app.example.com`
	Hostname pulumi.StringInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the hostname to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleHostname001`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Hostname resource.

func (HostnameArgs) ElementType

func (HostnameArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type HostnameArray

type HostnameArray []HostnameInput

func (HostnameArray) ElementType

func (HostnameArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HostnameArray) ToHostnameArrayOutput

func (i HostnameArray) ToHostnameArrayOutput() HostnameArrayOutput

func (HostnameArray) ToHostnameArrayOutputWithContext

func (i HostnameArray) ToHostnameArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HostnameArrayOutput

type HostnameArrayInput

type HostnameArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToHostnameArrayOutput() HostnameArrayOutput
	ToHostnameArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) HostnameArrayOutput
}

HostnameArrayInput is an input type that accepts HostnameArray and HostnameArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `HostnameArrayInput` via:

HostnameArray{ HostnameArgs{...} }

type HostnameArrayOutput

type HostnameArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (HostnameArrayOutput) ElementType

func (HostnameArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HostnameArrayOutput) Index

func (HostnameArrayOutput) ToHostnameArrayOutput

func (o HostnameArrayOutput) ToHostnameArrayOutput() HostnameArrayOutput

func (HostnameArrayOutput) ToHostnameArrayOutputWithContext

func (o HostnameArrayOutput) ToHostnameArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HostnameArrayOutput

type HostnameInput

type HostnameInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToHostnameOutput() HostnameOutput
	ToHostnameOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HostnameOutput
}

type HostnameMap

type HostnameMap map[string]HostnameInput

func (HostnameMap) ElementType

func (HostnameMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HostnameMap) ToHostnameMapOutput

func (i HostnameMap) ToHostnameMapOutput() HostnameMapOutput

func (HostnameMap) ToHostnameMapOutputWithContext

func (i HostnameMap) ToHostnameMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HostnameMapOutput

type HostnameMapInput

type HostnameMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToHostnameMapOutput() HostnameMapOutput
	ToHostnameMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) HostnameMapOutput
}

HostnameMapInput is an input type that accepts HostnameMap and HostnameMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `HostnameMapInput` via:

HostnameMap{ "key": HostnameArgs{...} }

type HostnameMapOutput

type HostnameMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (HostnameMapOutput) ElementType

func (HostnameMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HostnameMapOutput) MapIndex

func (HostnameMapOutput) ToHostnameMapOutput

func (o HostnameMapOutput) ToHostnameMapOutput() HostnameMapOutput

func (HostnameMapOutput) ToHostnameMapOutputWithContext

func (o HostnameMapOutput) ToHostnameMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HostnameMapOutput

type HostnameOutput

type HostnameOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (HostnameOutput) ElementType

func (HostnameOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (HostnameOutput) Hostname added in v0.4.0

func (o HostnameOutput) Hostname() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) A virtual hostname. For more information about virtual hostname string construction, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm#routing). Example: `app.example.com`

func (HostnameOutput) LoadBalancerId added in v0.4.0

func (o HostnameOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the hostname to.

func (HostnameOutput) Name added in v0.4.0

A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleHostname001`

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

func (HostnameOutput) State added in v0.4.0

func (HostnameOutput) ToHostnameOutput

func (o HostnameOutput) ToHostnameOutput() HostnameOutput

func (HostnameOutput) ToHostnameOutputWithContext

func (o HostnameOutput) ToHostnameOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) HostnameOutput

type HostnameState

type HostnameState struct {
	// (Updatable) A virtual hostname. For more information about virtual hostname string construction, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm#routing).  Example: `app.example.com`
	Hostname pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the hostname to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// A friendly name for the hostname resource. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleHostname001`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	State pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (HostnameState) ElementType

func (HostnameState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type Listener

type Listener struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// (Updatable) Configuration details for the connection between the client and backend servers.
	ConnectionConfiguration ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput `pulumi:"connectionConfiguration"`
	// (Updatable) The name of the associated backend set.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	DefaultBackendSetName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"defaultBackendSetName"`
	// (Updatable) An array of hostname resource names.
	HostnameNames pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"hostnameNames"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add a listener.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the listener. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleListener`
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// (Updatable) Deprecated. Please use `routingPolicies` instead.
	//
	// The name of the set of path-based routing rules, [PathRouteSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/PathRouteSet/), applied to this listener's traffic.
	//
	// Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	PathRouteSetName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"pathRouteSetName"`
	// (Updatable) The communication port for the listener.  Example: `80`
	Port pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"port"`
	// (Updatable) The protocol on which the listener accepts connection requests. To get a list of valid protocols, use the [ListProtocols](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerProtocol/ListProtocols) operation.  Example: `HTTP`
	Protocol pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// (Updatable) The name of the routing policy applied to this listener's traffic.  Example: `exampleRoutingPolicy`
	RoutingPolicyName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"routingPolicyName"`
	// (Updatable) The names of the [rule sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/RuleSet/) to apply to the listener.  Example: ["exampleRuleSet"]
	RuleSetNames pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"ruleSetNames"`
	// (Updatable) The load balancer's SSL handling configuration details.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SslConfiguration ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput `pulumi:"sslConfiguration"`
	State            pulumi.StringOutput               `pulumi:"state"`
}

This resource provides the Listener resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Adds a listener to a load balancer.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.NewListener(ctx, "test_listener", &LoadBalancer.ListenerArgs{
			DefaultBackendSetName: pulumi.Any(testBackendSet.Name),
			LoadBalancerId:        pulumi.Any(testLoadBalancer.Id),
			Name:                  pulumi.Any(listenerName),
			Port:                  pulumi.Any(listenerPort),
			Protocol:              pulumi.Any(listenerProtocol),
			ConnectionConfiguration: &loadbalancer.ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs{
				IdleTimeoutInSeconds:           pulumi.Any(listenerConnectionConfigurationIdleTimeoutInSeconds),
				BackendTcpProxyProtocolVersion: pulumi.Any(listenerConnectionConfigurationBackendTcpProxyProtocolVersion),
			},
			HostnameNames: pulumi.StringArray{
				testHostname.Name,
			},
			PathRouteSetName:  pulumi.Any(testPathRouteSet.Name),
			RoutingPolicyName: pulumi.Any(testLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy.Name),
			RuleSetNames: pulumi.StringArray{
				testRuleSet.Name,
			},
			SslConfiguration: &loadbalancer.ListenerSslConfigurationArgs{
				CertificateName:                pulumi.Any(testCertificate.Name),
				CertificateIds:                 pulumi.Any(listenerSslConfigurationCertificateIds),
				CipherSuiteName:                pulumi.Any(listenerSslConfigurationCipherSuiteName),
				Protocols:                      pulumi.Any(listenerSslConfigurationProtocols),
				ServerOrderPreference:          pulumi.Any(listenerSslConfigurationServerOrderPreference),
				TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds: pulumi.Any(listenerSslConfigurationTrustedCertificateAuthorityIds),
				VerifyDepth:                    pulumi.Any(listenerSslConfigurationVerifyDepth),
				VerifyPeerCertificate:          pulumi.Any(listenerSslConfigurationVerifyPeerCertificate),
			},
		})
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

## Import

Listeners can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/listener:Listener test_listener "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/listeners/{listenerName}" ```

func GetListener

func GetListener(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ListenerState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Listener, error)

GetListener gets an existing Listener resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewListener

func NewListener(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ListenerArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Listener, error)

NewListener registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Listener) ElementType

func (*Listener) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Listener) ToListenerOutput

func (i *Listener) ToListenerOutput() ListenerOutput

func (*Listener) ToListenerOutputWithContext

func (i *Listener) ToListenerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerOutput

type ListenerArgs

type ListenerArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) Configuration details for the connection between the client and backend servers.
	ConnectionConfiguration ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The name of the associated backend set.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	DefaultBackendSetName pulumi.StringInput
	// (Updatable) An array of hostname resource names.
	HostnameNames pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add a listener.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// A friendly name for the listener. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleListener`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Deprecated. Please use `routingPolicies` instead.
	//
	// The name of the set of path-based routing rules, [PathRouteSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/PathRouteSet/), applied to this listener's traffic.
	//
	// Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	PathRouteSetName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The communication port for the listener.  Example: `80`
	Port pulumi.IntInput
	// (Updatable) The protocol on which the listener accepts connection requests. To get a list of valid protocols, use the [ListProtocols](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerProtocol/ListProtocols) operation.  Example: `HTTP`
	Protocol pulumi.StringInput
	// (Updatable) The name of the routing policy applied to this listener's traffic.  Example: `exampleRoutingPolicy`
	RoutingPolicyName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The names of the [rule sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/RuleSet/) to apply to the listener.  Example: ["exampleRuleSet"]
	RuleSetNames pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// (Updatable) The load balancer's SSL handling configuration details.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SslConfiguration ListenerSslConfigurationPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Listener resource.

func (ListenerArgs) ElementType

func (ListenerArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ListenerArray

type ListenerArray []ListenerInput

func (ListenerArray) ElementType

func (ListenerArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ListenerArray) ToListenerArrayOutput

func (i ListenerArray) ToListenerArrayOutput() ListenerArrayOutput

func (ListenerArray) ToListenerArrayOutputWithContext

func (i ListenerArray) ToListenerArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerArrayOutput

type ListenerArrayInput

type ListenerArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToListenerArrayOutput() ListenerArrayOutput
	ToListenerArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) ListenerArrayOutput
}

ListenerArrayInput is an input type that accepts ListenerArray and ListenerArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ListenerArrayInput` via:

ListenerArray{ ListenerArgs{...} }

type ListenerArrayOutput

type ListenerArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ListenerArrayOutput) ElementType

func (ListenerArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ListenerArrayOutput) Index

func (ListenerArrayOutput) ToListenerArrayOutput

func (o ListenerArrayOutput) ToListenerArrayOutput() ListenerArrayOutput

func (ListenerArrayOutput) ToListenerArrayOutputWithContext

func (o ListenerArrayOutput) ToListenerArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerArrayOutput

type ListenerConnectionConfiguration

type ListenerConnectionConfiguration struct {
	// (Updatable) The backend TCP Proxy Protocol version.  Example: `1`
	BackendTcpProxyProtocolVersion *int `pulumi:"backendTcpProxyProtocolVersion"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum idle time, in seconds, allowed between two successive receive or two successive send operations between the client and backend servers. A send operation does not reset the timer for receive operations. A receive operation does not reset the timer for send operations.
	//
	// For more information, see [Connection Configuration](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/connectionreuse.htm#ConnectionConfiguration).
	//
	// Example: `1200`
	IdleTimeoutInSeconds string `pulumi:"idleTimeoutInSeconds"`
}

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The backend TCP Proxy Protocol version.  Example: `1`
	BackendTcpProxyProtocolVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"backendTcpProxyProtocolVersion"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum idle time, in seconds, allowed between two successive receive or two successive send operations between the client and backend servers. A send operation does not reset the timer for receive operations. A receive operation does not reset the timer for send operations.
	//
	// For more information, see [Connection Configuration](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/connectionreuse.htm#ConnectionConfiguration).
	//
	// Example: `1200`
	IdleTimeoutInSeconds pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"idleTimeoutInSeconds"`
}

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ElementType

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput

func (i ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput() ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutputWithContext

func (i ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput

func (i ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput() ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext

func (i ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationInput

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput() ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput
	ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput
}

ListenerConnectionConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs and ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ListenerConnectionConfigurationInput` via:

ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs{...}

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) BackendTcpProxyProtocolVersion

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) BackendTcpProxyProtocolVersion() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The backend TCP Proxy Protocol version. Example: `1`

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ElementType

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) IdleTimeoutInSeconds

(Updatable) The maximum idle time, in seconds, allowed between two successive receive or two successive send operations between the client and backend servers. A send operation does not reset the timer for receive operations. A receive operation does not reset the timer for send operations.

For more information, see [Connection Configuration](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/connectionreuse.htm#ConnectionConfiguration).

Example: `1200`

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput() ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutputWithContext

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput() ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrInput

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput() ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput
	ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput
}

ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrInput is an input type that accepts ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs, ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtr and ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrInput` via:

        ListenerConnectionConfigurationArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput

type ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) BackendTcpProxyProtocolVersion

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) BackendTcpProxyProtocolVersion() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The backend TCP Proxy Protocol version. Example: `1`

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) IdleTimeoutInSeconds

(Updatable) The maximum idle time, in seconds, allowed between two successive receive or two successive send operations between the client and backend servers. A send operation does not reset the timer for receive operations. A receive operation does not reset the timer for send operations.

For more information, see [Connection Configuration](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Reference/connectionreuse.htm#ConnectionConfiguration).

Example: `1200`

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput() ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput

func (ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput) ToListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrOutput

type ListenerInput

type ListenerInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToListenerOutput() ListenerOutput
	ToListenerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerOutput
}

type ListenerMap

type ListenerMap map[string]ListenerInput

func (ListenerMap) ElementType

func (ListenerMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ListenerMap) ToListenerMapOutput

func (i ListenerMap) ToListenerMapOutput() ListenerMapOutput

func (ListenerMap) ToListenerMapOutputWithContext

func (i ListenerMap) ToListenerMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerMapOutput

type ListenerMapInput

type ListenerMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToListenerMapOutput() ListenerMapOutput
	ToListenerMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) ListenerMapOutput
}

ListenerMapInput is an input type that accepts ListenerMap and ListenerMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ListenerMapInput` via:

ListenerMap{ "key": ListenerArgs{...} }

type ListenerMapOutput

type ListenerMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ListenerMapOutput) ElementType

func (ListenerMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ListenerMapOutput) MapIndex

func (ListenerMapOutput) ToListenerMapOutput

func (o ListenerMapOutput) ToListenerMapOutput() ListenerMapOutput

func (ListenerMapOutput) ToListenerMapOutputWithContext

func (o ListenerMapOutput) ToListenerMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerMapOutput

type ListenerOutput

type ListenerOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ListenerOutput) ConnectionConfiguration added in v0.4.0

func (o ListenerOutput) ConnectionConfiguration() ListenerConnectionConfigurationOutput

(Updatable) Configuration details for the connection between the client and backend servers.

func (ListenerOutput) DefaultBackendSetName added in v0.4.0

func (o ListenerOutput) DefaultBackendSetName() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The name of the associated backend set. Example: `exampleBackendSet`

func (ListenerOutput) ElementType

func (ListenerOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ListenerOutput) HostnameNames added in v0.4.0

func (o ListenerOutput) HostnameNames() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) An array of hostname resource names.

func (ListenerOutput) LoadBalancerId added in v0.4.0

func (o ListenerOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add a listener.

func (ListenerOutput) Name added in v0.4.0

A friendly name for the listener. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleListener`

func (ListenerOutput) PathRouteSetName added in v0.4.0

func (o ListenerOutput) PathRouteSetName() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) Deprecated. Please use `routingPolicies` instead.

The name of the set of path-based routing rules, PathRouteSet(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/PathRouteSet/), applied to this listener's traffic.

Example: `examplePathRouteSet`

func (ListenerOutput) Port added in v0.4.0

func (o ListenerOutput) Port() pulumi.IntOutput

(Updatable) The communication port for the listener. Example: `80`

func (ListenerOutput) Protocol added in v0.4.0

func (o ListenerOutput) Protocol() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The protocol on which the listener accepts connection requests. To get a list of valid protocols, use the [ListProtocols](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerProtocol/ListProtocols) operation. Example: `HTTP`

func (ListenerOutput) RoutingPolicyName added in v0.4.0

func (o ListenerOutput) RoutingPolicyName() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The name of the routing policy applied to this listener's traffic. Example: `exampleRoutingPolicy`

func (ListenerOutput) RuleSetNames added in v0.4.0

func (o ListenerOutput) RuleSetNames() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) The names of the [rule sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/RuleSet/) to apply to the listener. Example: ["exampleRuleSet"]

func (ListenerOutput) SslConfiguration added in v0.4.0

(Updatable) The load balancer's SSL handling configuration details.

**Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.

func (ListenerOutput) State added in v0.4.0

func (ListenerOutput) ToListenerOutput

func (o ListenerOutput) ToListenerOutput() ListenerOutput

func (ListenerOutput) ToListenerOutputWithContext

func (o ListenerOutput) ToListenerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerOutput

type ListenerSslConfiguration

type ListenerSslConfiguration struct {
	// (Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed.  Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`
	CertificateIds []string `pulumi:"certificateIds"`
	// (Updatable) A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName *string `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// (Updatable) The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	//
	// If this field is not specified, the default is `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1`.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. Clients cannot perform an SSL handshake if there is an incompatible configuration.
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the ciphers configured in the cipher suite and the configured certificates. For example, RSA-based ciphers require RSA certificates and ECDSA-based ciphers require ECDSA certificates.
	// *  If the cipher configuration is not modified after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature.
	// *  If the cipher configuration was modified using Oracle operations after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature.
	// *  The `GET` operation returns `oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing backend sets that predate this feature.
	// *  If the `GET` operation on a listener returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field, you must specify an appropriate predefined or custom cipher suite name when updating the resource.
	// *  The `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` Oracle reserved cipher suite name is not accepted as valid input for this field.
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	CipherSuiteName *string `pulumi:"cipherSuiteName"`
	// (Updatable) A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	//
	// The load balancer uses SSL protocols to establish a secure connection between a client and a server. A secure connection ensures that all data passed between the client and the server is private.
	//
	// The Load Balancing service supports the following protocols:
	// *  TLSv1
	// *  TLSv1.1
	// *  TLSv1.2
	//
	// If this field is not specified, TLSv1.2 is the default.
	//
	// **Warning:** All SSL listeners created on a given port must use the same set of SSL protocols.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  The handshake to establish an SSL connection fails if the client supports none of the specified protocols.
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite.
	// *  For all existing load balancer listeners and backend sets that predate this feature, the `GET` operation displays a list of SSL protocols currently used by those resources.
	//
	// example: `["TLSv1.1", "TLSv1.2"]`
	Protocols []string `pulumi:"protocols"`
	// (Updatable) When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.
	//
	// **Note:** This configuration is applicable only when the load balancer is acting as an SSL/HTTPS server. This field is ignored when the `SSLConfiguration` object is associated with a backend set.
	ServerOrderPreference *string `pulumi:"serverOrderPreference"`
	// (Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust.  Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`
	TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds []string `pulumi:"trustedCertificateAuthorityIds"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification.  Example: `3`
	VerifyDepth *int `pulumi:"verifyDepth"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates.  Example: `true`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	VerifyPeerCertificate *bool `pulumi:"verifyPeerCertificate"`
}

type ListenerSslConfigurationArgs

type ListenerSslConfigurationArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed.  Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`
	CertificateIds pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"certificateIds"`
	// (Updatable) A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`
	CertificateName pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"certificateName"`
	// (Updatable) The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	//
	// If this field is not specified, the default is `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1`.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. Clients cannot perform an SSL handshake if there is an incompatible configuration.
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the ciphers configured in the cipher suite and the configured certificates. For example, RSA-based ciphers require RSA certificates and ECDSA-based ciphers require ECDSA certificates.
	// *  If the cipher configuration is not modified after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature.
	// *  If the cipher configuration was modified using Oracle operations after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature.
	// *  The `GET` operation returns `oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing backend sets that predate this feature.
	// *  If the `GET` operation on a listener returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field, you must specify an appropriate predefined or custom cipher suite name when updating the resource.
	// *  The `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` Oracle reserved cipher suite name is not accepted as valid input for this field.
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	CipherSuiteName pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"cipherSuiteName"`
	// (Updatable) A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	//
	// The load balancer uses SSL protocols to establish a secure connection between a client and a server. A secure connection ensures that all data passed between the client and the server is private.
	//
	// The Load Balancing service supports the following protocols:
	// *  TLSv1
	// *  TLSv1.1
	// *  TLSv1.2
	//
	// If this field is not specified, TLSv1.2 is the default.
	//
	// **Warning:** All SSL listeners created on a given port must use the same set of SSL protocols.
	//
	// **Notes:**
	// *  The handshake to establish an SSL connection fails if the client supports none of the specified protocols.
	// *  You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite.
	// *  For all existing load balancer listeners and backend sets that predate this feature, the `GET` operation displays a list of SSL protocols currently used by those resources.
	//
	// example: `["TLSv1.1", "TLSv1.2"]`
	Protocols pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"protocols"`
	// (Updatable) When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.
	//
	// **Note:** This configuration is applicable only when the load balancer is acting as an SSL/HTTPS server. This field is ignored when the `SSLConfiguration` object is associated with a backend set.
	ServerOrderPreference pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"serverOrderPreference"`
	// (Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust.  Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`
	TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"trustedCertificateAuthorityIds"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification.  Example: `3`
	VerifyDepth pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"verifyDepth"`
	// (Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates.  Example: `true`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	VerifyPeerCertificate pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"verifyPeerCertificate"`
}

func (ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ElementType

func (ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ToListenerSslConfigurationOutput

func (i ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ToListenerSslConfigurationOutput() ListenerSslConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ToListenerSslConfigurationOutputWithContext

func (i ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ToListenerSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerSslConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (i ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput() ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext

func (i ListenerSslConfigurationArgs) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput

type ListenerSslConfigurationInput

type ListenerSslConfigurationInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToListenerSslConfigurationOutput() ListenerSslConfigurationOutput
	ToListenerSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(context.Context) ListenerSslConfigurationOutput
}

ListenerSslConfigurationInput is an input type that accepts ListenerSslConfigurationArgs and ListenerSslConfigurationOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ListenerSslConfigurationInput` via:

ListenerSslConfigurationArgs{...}

type ListenerSslConfigurationOutput

type ListenerSslConfigurationOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateIds

(Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed. Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) CertificateName

(Updatable) A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) CipherSuiteName

(Updatable) The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.

If this field is not specified, the default is `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1`.

**Notes:** * You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. Clients cannot perform an SSL handshake if there is an incompatible configuration. * You must ensure compatibility between the ciphers configured in the cipher suite and the configured certificates. For example, RSA-based ciphers require RSA certificates and ECDSA-based ciphers require ECDSA certificates. * If the cipher configuration is not modified after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature. * If the cipher configuration was modified using Oracle operations after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature. * The `GET` operation returns `oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing backend sets that predate this feature. * If the `GET` operation on a listener returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field, you must specify an appropriate predefined or custom cipher suite name when updating the resource. * The `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` Oracle reserved cipher suite name is not accepted as valid input for this field.

example: `exampleCipherSuite`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ElementType

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) Protocols

(Updatable) A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.

The load balancer uses SSL protocols to establish a secure connection between a client and a server. A secure connection ensures that all data passed between the client and the server is private.

The Load Balancing service supports the following protocols: * TLSv1 * TLSv1.1 * TLSv1.2

If this field is not specified, TLSv1.2 is the default.

**Warning:** All SSL listeners created on a given port must use the same set of SSL protocols.

**Notes:** * The handshake to establish an SSL connection fails if the client supports none of the specified protocols. * You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. * For all existing load balancer listeners and backend sets that predate this feature, the `GET` operation displays a list of SSL protocols currently used by those resources.

example: `["TLSv1.1", "TLSv1.2"]`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ServerOrderPreference

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ServerOrderPreference() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.

**Note:** This configuration is applicable only when the load balancer is acting as an SSL/HTTPS server. This field is ignored when the `SSLConfiguration` object is associated with a backend set.

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationOutput

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationOutput() ListenerSslConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationOutputWithContext

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerSslConfigurationOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput() ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust. Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyDepth

(Updatable) The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification. Example: `3`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates. Example: `true`

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

type ListenerSslConfigurationPtrInput

type ListenerSslConfigurationPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput() ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput
	ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput
}

ListenerSslConfigurationPtrInput is an input type that accepts ListenerSslConfigurationArgs, ListenerSslConfigurationPtr and ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ListenerSslConfigurationPtrInput` via:

        ListenerSslConfigurationArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput

type ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CertificateIds

(Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service certificates. Currently only a single Id may be passed. Example: `[ocid1.certificate.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaa5o2q7rh5nfmkkukfkogasqhk6af2opufhjlqg7m6jqzq]`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CertificateName

(Updatable) A friendly name for the certificate bundle. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Valid certificate bundle names include only alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. Certificate bundle names cannot contain spaces. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleCertificateBundle`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) CipherSuiteName

(Updatable) The name of the cipher suite to use for HTTPS or SSL connections.

If this field is not specified, the default is `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1`.

**Notes:** * You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. Clients cannot perform an SSL handshake if there is an incompatible configuration. * You must ensure compatibility between the ciphers configured in the cipher suite and the configured certificates. For example, RSA-based ciphers require RSA certificates and ECDSA-based ciphers require ECDSA certificates. * If the cipher configuration is not modified after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature. * If the cipher configuration was modified using Oracle operations after load balancer creation, the `GET` operation returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing listeners that predate this feature. * The `GET` operation returns `oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1` as the value of this field in the SSL configuration for existing backend sets that predate this feature. * If the `GET` operation on a listener returns `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` as the value of this field, you must specify an appropriate predefined or custom cipher suite name when updating the resource. * The `oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite` Oracle reserved cipher suite name is not accepted as valid input for this field.

example: `exampleCipherSuite`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) Elem

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ElementType

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) Protocols

(Updatable) A list of SSL protocols the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.

The load balancer uses SSL protocols to establish a secure connection between a client and a server. A secure connection ensures that all data passed between the client and the server is private.

The Load Balancing service supports the following protocols: * TLSv1 * TLSv1.1 * TLSv1.2

If this field is not specified, TLSv1.2 is the default.

**Warning:** All SSL listeners created on a given port must use the same set of SSL protocols.

**Notes:** * The handshake to establish an SSL connection fails if the client supports none of the specified protocols. * You must ensure compatibility between the specified SSL protocols and the ciphers configured in the cipher suite. * For all existing load balancer listeners and backend sets that predate this feature, the `GET` operation displays a list of SSL protocols currently used by those resources.

example: `["TLSv1.1", "TLSv1.2"]`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ServerOrderPreference

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ServerOrderPreference() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) When this attribute is set to ENABLED, the system gives preference to the server ciphers over the client ciphers.

**Note:** This configuration is applicable only when the load balancer is acting as an SSL/HTTPS server. This field is ignored when the `SSLConfiguration` object is associated with a backend set.

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput() ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) ToListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) TrustedCertificateAuthorityIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) Ids for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure certificates service CA or CA bundles for the load balancer to trust. Example: `[ocid1.cabundle.oc1.us-ashburn-1.amaaaaaaav3bgsaagl4zzyqdop5i2vuwoqewdvauuw34llqa74otq2jdsfyq]`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) VerifyDepth

(Updatable) The maximum depth for peer certificate chain verification. Example: `3`

func (ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate

func (o ListenerSslConfigurationPtrOutput) VerifyPeerCertificate() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Whether the load balancer listener should verify peer certificates. Example: `true`

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

type ListenerState

type ListenerState struct {
	// (Updatable) Configuration details for the connection between the client and backend servers.
	ConnectionConfiguration ListenerConnectionConfigurationPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The name of the associated backend set.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	DefaultBackendSetName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) An array of hostname resource names.
	HostnameNames pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer on which to add a listener.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// A friendly name for the listener. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleListener`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Deprecated. Please use `routingPolicies` instead.
	//
	// The name of the set of path-based routing rules, [PathRouteSet](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/PathRouteSet/), applied to this listener's traffic.
	//
	// Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	PathRouteSetName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The communication port for the listener.  Example: `80`
	Port pulumi.IntPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The protocol on which the listener accepts connection requests. To get a list of valid protocols, use the [ListProtocols](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerProtocol/ListProtocols) operation.  Example: `HTTP`
	Protocol pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The name of the routing policy applied to this listener's traffic.  Example: `exampleRoutingPolicy`
	RoutingPolicyName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The names of the [rule sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/RuleSet/) to apply to the listener.  Example: ["exampleRuleSet"]
	RuleSetNames pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// (Updatable) The load balancer's SSL handling configuration details.
	//
	// **Warning:** Oracle recommends that you avoid using any confidential information when you supply string values using the API.
	SslConfiguration ListenerSslConfigurationPtrInput
	State            pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (ListenerState) ElementType

func (ListenerState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LoadBalancer

type LoadBalancer struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// (Updatable) The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment in which to create the load balancer.
	CompartmentId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"compartmentId"`
	// (Updatable) Defined tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Operations.CostCenter": "42"}`
	DefinedTags pulumi.MapOutput `pulumi:"definedTags"`
	// (Updatable) A user-friendly name. It does not have to be unique, and it is changeable. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`
	DisplayName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// (Updatable) Free-form tags for this resource. Each tag is a simple key-value pair with no predefined name, type, or namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Department": "Finance"}`
	FreeformTags pulumi.MapOutput `pulumi:"freeformTags"`
	// An array of IP addresses.
	IpAddressDetails LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput `pulumi:"ipAddressDetails"`
	// An array of IP addresses. Deprecated: use ipAddressDetails instead
	//
	// Deprecated: The 'ip_addresses' field has been deprecated. Please use 'ip_address_details' instead.
	IpAddresses pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"ipAddresses"`
	// IPv6 is currently supported only in the Government Cloud. Whether the load balancer has an IPv4 or IPv6 IP address.
	//
	// If "IPV4", the service assigns an IPv4 address and the load balancer supports IPv4 traffic.
	//
	// If "IPV6", the service assigns an IPv6 address and the load balancer supports IPv6 traffic.
	//
	// Example: "ipMode":"IPV6"
	IpMode pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"ipMode"`
	// Whether the load balancer has a VCN-local (private) IP address.
	//
	// If "true", the service assigns a private IP address to the load balancer.
	//
	// If "false", the service assigns a public IP address to the load balancer.
	//
	// A public load balancer is accessible from the internet, depending on your VCN's [security list rules](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Network/Concepts/securitylists.htm). For more information about public and private load balancers, see [How Load Balancing Works](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Concepts/balanceoverview.htm#how-load-balancing-works).
	//
	// Example: `true`
	IsPrivate pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"isPrivate"`
	// (Updatable) An array of NSG [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) associated with this load balancer.
	//
	// During the load balancer's creation, the service adds the new load balancer to the specified NSGs.
	//
	// The benefits of using NSGs with the load balancer include:
	// *  NSGs define network security rules to govern ingress and egress traffic for the load balancer.
	// *  The network security rules of other resources can reference the NSGs associated with the load balancer to ensure access.
	//
	// Example: `["ocid1.nsg.oc1.phx.unique_ID"]`
	NetworkSecurityGroupIds pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"networkSecurityGroupIds"`
	// An array of reserved Ips. Pre-created public IP that will be used as the IP of this load balancer. This reserved IP will not be deleted when load balancer is deleted. This ip should not be already mapped to any other resource.
	ReservedIps LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput `pulumi:"reservedIps"`
	// (Updatable) A template that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). To get a list of available shapes, use the [ListShapes](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerShape/ListShapes) operation.  Example: `flexible` NOTE: Starting May 2023, Fixed shapes - 10Mbps, 100Mbps, 400Mbps, 8000Mbps would be deprecated and only shape allowed would be `Flexible` *Note: When updating shape for a load balancer, all existing connections to the load balancer will be reset during the update process. Also `10Mbps-Micro` shape cannot be updated to any other shape nor can any other shape be updated to `10Mbps-Micro`.
	Shape pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"shape"`
	// (Updatable) The configuration details to create load balancer using Flexible shape. This is required only if shapeName is `Flexible`.
	ShapeDetails LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput `pulumi:"shapeDetails"`
	// The current state of the load balancer.
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	// An array of subnet [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm).
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	SubnetIds pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"subnetIds"`
	// System tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). System tags can be viewed by users, but can only be created by the system.  Example: `{"orcl-cloud.free-tier-retained": "true"}`
	SystemTags pulumi.MapOutput `pulumi:"systemTags"`
	// The date and time the load balancer was created, in the format defined by RFC3339.  Example: `2016-08-25T21:10:29.600Z`
	TimeCreated pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"timeCreated"`
}

This resource provides the Load Balancer resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Creates a new load balancer in the specified compartment. For general information about load balancers, see [Overview of the Load Balancing Service](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Concepts/balanceoverview.htm).

For the purposes of access control, you must provide the OCID of the compartment where you want the load balancer to reside. Notice that the load balancer doesn't have to be in the same compartment as the VCN or backend set. If you're not sure which compartment to use, put the load balancer in the same compartment as the VCN. For information about access control and compartments, see [Overview of the IAM Service](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Identity/Concepts/overview.htm).

You must specify a display name for the load balancer. It does not have to be unique, and you can change it.

For information about Availability Domains, see [Regions and Availability Domains](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). To get a list of Availability Domains, use the `ListAvailabilityDomains` operation in the Identity and Access Management Service API.

All Oracle Cloud Infrastructure resources, including load balancers, get an Oracle-assigned, unique ID called an Oracle Cloud Identifier (OCID). When you create a resource, you can find its OCID in the response. You can also retrieve a resource's OCID by using a List API operation on that resource type, or by viewing the resource in the Console. Fore more information, see [Resource Identifiers](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm).

When you create a load balancer, the system assigns an IP address. To get the IP address, use the GetLoadBalancer(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancer/GetLoadBalancer) operation.

## Supported Aliases

* `ociLoadBalancer`

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.NewLoadBalancer(ctx, "test_load_balancer", &LoadBalancer.LoadBalancerArgs{
			CompartmentId: pulumi.Any(compartmentId),
			DisplayName:   pulumi.Any(loadBalancerDisplayName),
			Shape:         pulumi.Any(loadBalancerShape),
			SubnetIds:     pulumi.Any(loadBalancerSubnetIds),
			DefinedTags: pulumi.Map{
				"Operations.CostCenter": pulumi.Any("42"),
			},
			FreeformTags: pulumi.Map{
				"Department": pulumi.Any("Finance"),
			},
			IpMode:                  pulumi.Any(loadBalancerIpMode),
			IsPrivate:               pulumi.Any(loadBalancerIsPrivate),
			NetworkSecurityGroupIds: pulumi.Any(loadBalancerNetworkSecurityGroupIds),
			ReservedIps: loadbalancer.LoadBalancerReservedIpArray{
				&loadbalancer.LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs{
					Id: pulumi.Any(loadBalancerReservedIpsId),
				},
			},
			ShapeDetails: &loadbalancer.LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs{
				MaximumBandwidthInMbps: pulumi.Any(loadBalancerShapeDetailsMaximumBandwidthInMbps),
				MinimumBandwidthInMbps: pulumi.Any(loadBalancerShapeDetailsMinimumBandwidthInMbps),
			},
		})
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

## Import

LoadBalancers can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/loadBalancer:LoadBalancer test_load_balancer "id" ```

func GetLoadBalancer

func GetLoadBalancer(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *LoadBalancerState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*LoadBalancer, error)

GetLoadBalancer gets an existing LoadBalancer resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewLoadBalancer

func NewLoadBalancer(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *LoadBalancerArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*LoadBalancer, error)

NewLoadBalancer registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*LoadBalancer) ElementType

func (*LoadBalancer) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*LoadBalancer) ToLoadBalancerOutput

func (i *LoadBalancer) ToLoadBalancerOutput() LoadBalancerOutput

func (*LoadBalancer) ToLoadBalancerOutputWithContext

func (i *LoadBalancer) ToLoadBalancerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerOutput

type LoadBalancerArgs

type LoadBalancerArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment in which to create the load balancer.
	CompartmentId pulumi.StringInput
	// (Updatable) Defined tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Operations.CostCenter": "42"}`
	DefinedTags pulumi.MapInput
	// (Updatable) A user-friendly name. It does not have to be unique, and it is changeable. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`
	DisplayName pulumi.StringInput
	// (Updatable) Free-form tags for this resource. Each tag is a simple key-value pair with no predefined name, type, or namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Department": "Finance"}`
	FreeformTags pulumi.MapInput
	// IPv6 is currently supported only in the Government Cloud. Whether the load balancer has an IPv4 or IPv6 IP address.
	//
	// If "IPV4", the service assigns an IPv4 address and the load balancer supports IPv4 traffic.
	//
	// If "IPV6", the service assigns an IPv6 address and the load balancer supports IPv6 traffic.
	//
	// Example: "ipMode":"IPV6"
	IpMode pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Whether the load balancer has a VCN-local (private) IP address.
	//
	// If "true", the service assigns a private IP address to the load balancer.
	//
	// If "false", the service assigns a public IP address to the load balancer.
	//
	// A public load balancer is accessible from the internet, depending on your VCN's [security list rules](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Network/Concepts/securitylists.htm). For more information about public and private load balancers, see [How Load Balancing Works](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Concepts/balanceoverview.htm#how-load-balancing-works).
	//
	// Example: `true`
	IsPrivate pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// (Updatable) An array of NSG [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) associated with this load balancer.
	//
	// During the load balancer's creation, the service adds the new load balancer to the specified NSGs.
	//
	// The benefits of using NSGs with the load balancer include:
	// *  NSGs define network security rules to govern ingress and egress traffic for the load balancer.
	// *  The network security rules of other resources can reference the NSGs associated with the load balancer to ensure access.
	//
	// Example: `["ocid1.nsg.oc1.phx.unique_ID"]`
	NetworkSecurityGroupIds pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// An array of reserved Ips. Pre-created public IP that will be used as the IP of this load balancer. This reserved IP will not be deleted when load balancer is deleted. This ip should not be already mapped to any other resource.
	ReservedIps LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput
	// (Updatable) A template that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). To get a list of available shapes, use the [ListShapes](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerShape/ListShapes) operation.  Example: `flexible` NOTE: Starting May 2023, Fixed shapes - 10Mbps, 100Mbps, 400Mbps, 8000Mbps would be deprecated and only shape allowed would be `Flexible` *Note: When updating shape for a load balancer, all existing connections to the load balancer will be reset during the update process. Also `10Mbps-Micro` shape cannot be updated to any other shape nor can any other shape be updated to `10Mbps-Micro`.
	Shape pulumi.StringInput
	// (Updatable) The configuration details to create load balancer using Flexible shape. This is required only if shapeName is `Flexible`.
	ShapeDetails LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrInput
	// An array of subnet [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm).
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	SubnetIds pulumi.StringArrayInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a LoadBalancer resource.

func (LoadBalancerArgs) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LoadBalancerArray

type LoadBalancerArray []LoadBalancerInput

func (LoadBalancerArray) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerArray) ToLoadBalancerArrayOutput

func (i LoadBalancerArray) ToLoadBalancerArrayOutput() LoadBalancerArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerArray) ToLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext

func (i LoadBalancerArray) ToLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerArrayInput

type LoadBalancerArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerArrayOutput() LoadBalancerArrayOutput
	ToLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerArrayOutput
}

LoadBalancerArrayInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerArray and LoadBalancerArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerArrayInput` via:

LoadBalancerArray{ LoadBalancerArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerArrayOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerArrayOutput) Index

func (LoadBalancerArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerArrayOutput

func (o LoadBalancerArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerArrayOutput() LoadBalancerArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerInput

type LoadBalancerInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerOutput() LoadBalancerOutput
	ToLoadBalancerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerOutput
}

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetail

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetail struct {
	// An IP address.  Example: `192.168.0.3`
	IpAddress *string `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// Whether the IP address is public or private.
	IsPublic *bool `pulumi:"isPublic"`
	// Pre-created public IP that will be used as the IP of this load balancer. This reserved IP will not be deleted when load balancer is deleted. This ip should not be already mapped to any other resource.
	ReservedIps []LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIp `pulumi:"reservedIps"`
}

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs struct {
	// An IP address.  Example: `192.168.0.3`
	IpAddress pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"ipAddress"`
	// Whether the IP address is public or private.
	IsPublic pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"isPublic"`
	// Pre-created public IP that will be used as the IP of this load balancer. This reserved IP will not be deleted when load balancer is deleted. This ip should not be already mapped to any other resource.
	ReservedIps LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput `pulumi:"reservedIps"`
}

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

func (i LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext

func (i LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray []LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

func (i LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext

func (i LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput
	ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput
}

LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray and LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput` via:

LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArray{ LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) Index

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput
	ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput
}

LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs and LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailInput` via:

LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArgs{...}

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) IpAddress

An IP address. Example: `192.168.0.3`

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) IsPublic

Whether the IP address is public or private.

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ReservedIps

Pre-created public IP that will be used as the IP of this load balancer. This reserved IP will not be deleted when load balancer is deleted. This ip should not be already mapped to any other resource.

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIp

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIp struct {
	// Ocid of the pre-created public IP that should be attached to this load balancer. The public IP will be attached to a private IP. **Note** If public IP resource is present in the config, the pulumi preview will throw `After applying this step and refreshing, the plan was not empty` error, and `privateIpId` needs to be added as an input argument to the public IP resource block or ignore from its lifecycle as shown in examples to resolve this error.
	Id *string `pulumi:"id"`
}

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs struct {
	// Ocid of the pre-created public IP that should be attached to this load balancer. The public IP will be attached to a private IP. **Note** If public IP resource is present in the config, the pulumi preview will throw `After applying this step and refreshing, the plan was not empty` error, and `privateIpId` needs to be added as an input argument to the public IP resource block or ignore from its lifecycle as shown in examples to resolve this error.
	Id pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"id"`
}

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

func (i LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext

func (i LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray []LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

func (i LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext

func (i LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput
	ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput
}

LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray and LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayInput` via:

LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArray{ LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) Index

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput
	ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput
}

LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs and LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpInput` via:

LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpArgs{...}

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

type LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) Id

Ocid of the pre-created public IP that should be attached to this load balancer. The public IP will be attached to a private IP. **Note** If public IP resource is present in the config, the pulumi preview will throw `After applying this step and refreshing, the plan was not empty` error, and `privateIpId` needs to be added as an input argument to the public IP resource block or ignore from its lifecycle as shown in examples to resolve this error.

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput() LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

func (LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput) ToLoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailReservedIpOutput

type LoadBalancerMap

type LoadBalancerMap map[string]LoadBalancerInput

func (LoadBalancerMap) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerMap) ToLoadBalancerMapOutput

func (i LoadBalancerMap) ToLoadBalancerMapOutput() LoadBalancerMapOutput

func (LoadBalancerMap) ToLoadBalancerMapOutputWithContext

func (i LoadBalancerMap) ToLoadBalancerMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerMapOutput

type LoadBalancerMapInput

type LoadBalancerMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerMapOutput() LoadBalancerMapOutput
	ToLoadBalancerMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerMapOutput
}

LoadBalancerMapInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerMap and LoadBalancerMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerMapInput` via:

LoadBalancerMap{ "key": LoadBalancerArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerMapOutput

type LoadBalancerMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerMapOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerMapOutput) MapIndex

func (LoadBalancerMapOutput) ToLoadBalancerMapOutput

func (o LoadBalancerMapOutput) ToLoadBalancerMapOutput() LoadBalancerMapOutput

func (LoadBalancerMapOutput) ToLoadBalancerMapOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerMapOutput) ToLoadBalancerMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerMapOutput

type LoadBalancerOutput

type LoadBalancerOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerOutput) CompartmentId added in v0.4.0

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) CompartmentId() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment in which to create the load balancer.

func (LoadBalancerOutput) DefinedTags added in v0.4.0

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) DefinedTags() pulumi.MapOutput

(Updatable) Defined tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). Example: `{"Operations.CostCenter": "42"}`

func (LoadBalancerOutput) DisplayName added in v0.4.0

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) DisplayName() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) A user-friendly name. It does not have to be unique, and it is changeable. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`

func (LoadBalancerOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerOutput) FreeformTags added in v0.4.0

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) FreeformTags() pulumi.MapOutput

(Updatable) Free-form tags for this resource. Each tag is a simple key-value pair with no predefined name, type, or namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). Example: `{"Department": "Finance"}`

func (LoadBalancerOutput) IpAddressDetails added in v0.4.0

An array of IP addresses.

func (LoadBalancerOutput) IpAddresses deprecated added in v0.4.0

An array of IP addresses. Deprecated: use ipAddressDetails instead

Deprecated: The 'ip_addresses' field has been deprecated. Please use 'ip_address_details' instead.

func (LoadBalancerOutput) IpMode added in v0.4.0

IPv6 is currently supported only in the Government Cloud. Whether the load balancer has an IPv4 or IPv6 IP address.

If "IPV4", the service assigns an IPv4 address and the load balancer supports IPv4 traffic.

If "IPV6", the service assigns an IPv6 address and the load balancer supports IPv6 traffic.

Example: "ipMode":"IPV6"

func (LoadBalancerOutput) IsPrivate added in v0.4.0

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) IsPrivate() pulumi.BoolOutput

Whether the load balancer has a VCN-local (private) IP address.

If "true", the service assigns a private IP address to the load balancer.

If "false", the service assigns a public IP address to the load balancer.

A public load balancer is accessible from the internet, depending on your VCN's [security list rules](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Network/Concepts/securitylists.htm). For more information about public and private load balancers, see [How Load Balancing Works](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Concepts/balanceoverview.htm#how-load-balancing-works).

Example: `true`

func (LoadBalancerOutput) NetworkSecurityGroupIds added in v0.4.0

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) NetworkSecurityGroupIds() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) An array of NSG [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) associated with this load balancer.

During the load balancer's creation, the service adds the new load balancer to the specified NSGs.

The benefits of using NSGs with the load balancer include: * NSGs define network security rules to govern ingress and egress traffic for the load balancer. * The network security rules of other resources can reference the NSGs associated with the load balancer to ensure access.

Example: `["ocid1.nsg.oc1.phx.unique_ID"]`

func (LoadBalancerOutput) ReservedIps added in v0.4.0

An array of reserved Ips. Pre-created public IP that will be used as the IP of this load balancer. This reserved IP will not be deleted when load balancer is deleted. This ip should not be already mapped to any other resource.

func (LoadBalancerOutput) Shape added in v0.4.0

(Updatable) A template that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). To get a list of available shapes, use the [ListShapes](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerShape/ListShapes) operation. Example: `flexible` NOTE: Starting May 2023, Fixed shapes - 10Mbps, 100Mbps, 400Mbps, 8000Mbps would be deprecated and only shape allowed would be `Flexible` *Note: When updating shape for a load balancer, all existing connections to the load balancer will be reset during the update process. Also `10Mbps-Micro` shape cannot be updated to any other shape nor can any other shape be updated to `10Mbps-Micro`.

func (LoadBalancerOutput) ShapeDetails added in v0.4.0

(Updatable) The configuration details to create load balancer using Flexible shape. This is required only if shapeName is `Flexible`.

func (LoadBalancerOutput) State added in v0.4.0

The current state of the load balancer.

func (LoadBalancerOutput) SubnetIds added in v0.4.0

An array of subnet [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm).

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

func (LoadBalancerOutput) SystemTags added in v0.4.0

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) SystemTags() pulumi.MapOutput

System tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). System tags can be viewed by users, but can only be created by the system. Example: `{"orcl-cloud.free-tier-retained": "true"}`

func (LoadBalancerOutput) TimeCreated added in v0.4.0

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) TimeCreated() pulumi.StringOutput

The date and time the load balancer was created, in the format defined by RFC3339. Example: `2016-08-25T21:10:29.600Z`

func (LoadBalancerOutput) ToLoadBalancerOutput

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) ToLoadBalancerOutput() LoadBalancerOutput

func (LoadBalancerOutput) ToLoadBalancerOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerOutput) ToLoadBalancerOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerOutput

type LoadBalancerReservedIp

type LoadBalancerReservedIp struct {
	// Ocid of the pre-created public IP that should be attached to this load balancer. The public IP will be attached to a private IP. **Note** If public IP resource is present in the config, the pulumi preview will throw `After applying this step and refreshing, the plan was not empty` error, and `privateIpId` needs to be added as an input argument to the public IP resource block or ignore from its lifecycle as shown in examples to resolve this error.
	Id *string `pulumi:"id"`
}

type LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs

type LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs struct {
	// Ocid of the pre-created public IP that should be attached to this load balancer. The public IP will be attached to a private IP. **Note** If public IP resource is present in the config, the pulumi preview will throw `After applying this step and refreshing, the plan was not empty` error, and `privateIpId` needs to be added as an input argument to the public IP resource block or ignore from its lifecycle as shown in examples to resolve this error.
	Id pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"id"`
}

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

func (i LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput() LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext

func (i LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

type LoadBalancerReservedIpArray

type LoadBalancerReservedIpArray []LoadBalancerReservedIpInput

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

func (i LoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput() LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext

func (i LoadBalancerReservedIpArray) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput

type LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput() LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput
	ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput
}

LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerReservedIpArray and LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput` via:

LoadBalancerReservedIpArray{ LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) Index

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

func (o LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput() LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerReservedIpInput

type LoadBalancerReservedIpInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput() LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput
	ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput
}

LoadBalancerReservedIpInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs and LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerReservedIpInput` via:

LoadBalancerReservedIpArgs{...}

type LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

type LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) Id

Ocid of the pre-created public IP that should be attached to this load balancer. The public IP will be attached to a private IP. **Note** If public IP resource is present in the config, the pulumi preview will throw `After applying this step and refreshing, the plan was not empty` error, and `privateIpId` needs to be added as an input argument to the public IP resource block or ignore from its lifecycle as shown in examples to resolve this error.

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

func (o LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutput() LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

func (LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput) ToLoadBalancerReservedIpOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerReservedIpOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// (Updatable) The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.
	ConditionLanguageVersion pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"conditionLanguageVersion"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the routing policy rule list to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// (Updatable) A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// (Updatable) The list of routing rules.
	Rules LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput `pulumi:"rules"`
	State pulumi.StringOutput                      `pulumi:"state"`
}

This resource provides the Load Balancer Routing Policy resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Adds a routing policy to a load balancer. For more information, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm).

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.NewLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy(ctx, "test_load_balancer_routing_policy", &LoadBalancer.LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs{
			ConditionLanguageVersion: pulumi.Any(loadBalancerRoutingPolicyConditionLanguageVersion),
			LoadBalancerId:           pulumi.Any(testLoadBalancer.Id),
			Name:                     pulumi.Any(loadBalancerRoutingPolicyName),
			Rules: loadbalancer.LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray{
				&loadbalancer.LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs{
					Actions: loadbalancer.LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray{
						&loadbalancer.LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs{
							BackendSetName: pulumi.Any(testBackendSet.Name),
							Name:           pulumi.Any(loadBalancerRoutingPolicyRulesActionsName),
						},
					},
					Condition: pulumi.Any(loadBalancerRoutingPolicyRulesCondition),
					Name:      pulumi.Any(loadBalancerRoutingPolicyRulesName),
				},
			},
		})
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

## Import

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicies can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/loadBalancerRoutingPolicy:LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy test_load_balancer_routing_policy "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/routingPolicies/{routingPolicyName}" ```

func GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy

func GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy, error)

GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy gets an existing LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy

func NewLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy, error)

NewLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy) ElementType

func (*LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput

func (i *LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput

func (*LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.
	ConditionLanguageVersion pulumi.StringInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the routing policy rule list to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// (Updatable) A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The list of routing rules.
	Rules LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a LoadBalancerRoutingPolicy resource.

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs) ElementType

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray []LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyInput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayInput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput
	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput
}

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray and LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayInput` via:

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArray{ LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) Index

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyInput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput
	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput
}

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap map[string]LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyInput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutputWithContext

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapInput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput
	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput
}

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap and LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapInput` via:

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMap{ "key": LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput) MapIndex

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyMapOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) ConditionLanguageVersion added in v0.4.0

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) ConditionLanguageVersion() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) LoadBalancerId added in v0.4.0

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the routing policy rule list to.

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) Name added in v0.4.0

(Updatable) A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) Rules added in v0.4.0

(Updatable) The list of routing rules.

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) State added in v0.4.0

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRule

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRule struct {
	// (Updatable) A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.
	Actions []LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleAction `pulumi:"actions"`
	// (Updatable) A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.
	Condition string `pulumi:"condition"`
	// (Updatable) A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleAction

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleAction struct {
	// (Updatable) Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to.  Example: `backendSetForImages`
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// (Updatable) A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to.  Example: `backendSetForImages`
	BackendSetName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// (Updatable) A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray []LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput
	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput
}

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray and LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput` via:

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArray{ LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) Index

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput
	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput
}

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs and LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionInput` via:

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArgs{...}

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) BackendSetName

(Updatable) Name of the backend set the listener will forward the traffic to. Example: `backendSetForImages`

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) Name

(Updatable) A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.
	Actions LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleActionArrayInput `pulumi:"actions"`
	// (Updatable) A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.
	Condition pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// (Updatable) A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray []LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext

func (i LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput
	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput
}

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray and LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput` via:

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArray{ LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs{...} }

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) Index

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput
	ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput
}

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs and LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleInput` via:

LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArgs{...}

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Actions

(Updatable) A list of actions to be applied when conditions of the routing rule are met.

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Condition

(Updatable) A routing rule to evaluate defined conditions against the incoming HTTP request and perform an action.

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) Name

(Updatable) A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput() LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput) ToLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleOutput

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyState

type LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyState struct {
	// (Updatable) The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.
	ConditionLanguageVersion pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the routing policy rule list to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The list of routing rules.
	Rules LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRuleArrayInput
	State pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (LoadBalancerRoutingPolicyState) ElementType

type LoadBalancerShapeDetails

type LoadBalancerShapeDetails struct {
	// (Updatable) Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the maximum bandwidth (ingress plus egress) that the load balancer can achieve. This bandwidth cannot be always guaranteed. For a guaranteed bandwidth use the minimumBandwidthInMbps parameter.
	//
	// The values must be between minimumBandwidthInMbps and 8000 (8Gbps).
	//
	// Example: `1500`
	MaximumBandwidthInMbps int `pulumi:"maximumBandwidthInMbps"`
	// (Updatable) Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). The values must be between 10 and the maximumBandwidthInMbps.  Example: `150`
	MinimumBandwidthInMbps int `pulumi:"minimumBandwidthInMbps"`
}

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the maximum bandwidth (ingress plus egress) that the load balancer can achieve. This bandwidth cannot be always guaranteed. For a guaranteed bandwidth use the minimumBandwidthInMbps parameter.
	//
	// The values must be between minimumBandwidthInMbps and 8000 (8Gbps).
	//
	// Example: `1500`
	MaximumBandwidthInMbps pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"maximumBandwidthInMbps"`
	// (Updatable) Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). The values must be between 10 and the maximumBandwidthInMbps.  Example: `150`
	MinimumBandwidthInMbps pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"minimumBandwidthInMbps"`
}

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput

func (i LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput() LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutputWithContext

func (i LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput

func (i LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput() LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutputWithContext

func (i LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsInput

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput() LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput
	ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput
}

LoadBalancerShapeDetailsInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs and LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerShapeDetailsInput` via:

LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs{...}

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) MaximumBandwidthInMbps

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) MaximumBandwidthInMbps() pulumi.IntOutput

(Updatable) Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the maximum bandwidth (ingress plus egress) that the load balancer can achieve. This bandwidth cannot be always guaranteed. For a guaranteed bandwidth use the minimumBandwidthInMbps parameter.

The values must be between minimumBandwidthInMbps and 8000 (8Gbps).

Example: `1500`

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) MinimumBandwidthInMbps

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) MinimumBandwidthInMbps() pulumi.IntOutput

(Updatable) Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). The values must be between 10 and the maximumBandwidthInMbps. Example: `150`

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput() LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput() LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrInput

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput() LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput
	ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput
}

LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrInput is an input type that accepts LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs, LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtr and LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrInput` via:

        LoadBalancerShapeDetailsArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput

type LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) Elem

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) MaximumBandwidthInMbps

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) MaximumBandwidthInMbps() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the maximum bandwidth (ingress plus egress) that the load balancer can achieve. This bandwidth cannot be always guaranteed. For a guaranteed bandwidth use the minimumBandwidthInMbps parameter.

The values must be between minimumBandwidthInMbps and 8000 (8Gbps).

Example: `1500`

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) MinimumBandwidthInMbps

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) MinimumBandwidthInMbps() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) Bandwidth in Mbps that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). The values must be between 10 and the maximumBandwidthInMbps. Example: `150`

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput() LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput

func (LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutputWithContext

func (o LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput) ToLoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrOutput

type LoadBalancerState

type LoadBalancerState struct {
	// (Updatable) The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the compartment in which to create the load balancer.
	CompartmentId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Defined tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Operations.CostCenter": "42"}`
	DefinedTags pulumi.MapInput
	// (Updatable) A user-friendly name. It does not have to be unique, and it is changeable. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleLoadBalancer`
	DisplayName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) Free-form tags for this resource. Each tag is a simple key-value pair with no predefined name, type, or namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm).  Example: `{"Department": "Finance"}`
	FreeformTags pulumi.MapInput
	// An array of IP addresses.
	IpAddressDetails LoadBalancerIpAddressDetailArrayInput
	// An array of IP addresses. Deprecated: use ipAddressDetails instead
	//
	// Deprecated: The 'ip_addresses' field has been deprecated. Please use 'ip_address_details' instead.
	IpAddresses pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// IPv6 is currently supported only in the Government Cloud. Whether the load balancer has an IPv4 or IPv6 IP address.
	//
	// If "IPV4", the service assigns an IPv4 address and the load balancer supports IPv4 traffic.
	//
	// If "IPV6", the service assigns an IPv6 address and the load balancer supports IPv6 traffic.
	//
	// Example: "ipMode":"IPV6"
	IpMode pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Whether the load balancer has a VCN-local (private) IP address.
	//
	// If "true", the service assigns a private IP address to the load balancer.
	//
	// If "false", the service assigns a public IP address to the load balancer.
	//
	// A public load balancer is accessible from the internet, depending on your VCN's [security list rules](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Network/Concepts/securitylists.htm). For more information about public and private load balancers, see [How Load Balancing Works](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Concepts/balanceoverview.htm#how-load-balancing-works).
	//
	// Example: `true`
	IsPrivate pulumi.BoolPtrInput
	// (Updatable) An array of NSG [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) associated with this load balancer.
	//
	// During the load balancer's creation, the service adds the new load balancer to the specified NSGs.
	//
	// The benefits of using NSGs with the load balancer include:
	// *  NSGs define network security rules to govern ingress and egress traffic for the load balancer.
	// *  The network security rules of other resources can reference the NSGs associated with the load balancer to ensure access.
	//
	// Example: `["ocid1.nsg.oc1.phx.unique_ID"]`
	NetworkSecurityGroupIds pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// An array of reserved Ips. Pre-created public IP that will be used as the IP of this load balancer. This reserved IP will not be deleted when load balancer is deleted. This ip should not be already mapped to any other resource.
	ReservedIps LoadBalancerReservedIpArrayInput
	// (Updatable) A template that determines the total pre-provisioned bandwidth (ingress plus egress). To get a list of available shapes, use the [ListShapes](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/LoadBalancerShape/ListShapes) operation.  Example: `flexible` NOTE: Starting May 2023, Fixed shapes - 10Mbps, 100Mbps, 400Mbps, 8000Mbps would be deprecated and only shape allowed would be `Flexible` *Note: When updating shape for a load balancer, all existing connections to the load balancer will be reset during the update process. Also `10Mbps-Micro` shape cannot be updated to any other shape nor can any other shape be updated to `10Mbps-Micro`.
	Shape pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The configuration details to create load balancer using Flexible shape. This is required only if shapeName is `Flexible`.
	ShapeDetails LoadBalancerShapeDetailsPtrInput
	// The current state of the load balancer.
	State pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// An array of subnet [OCIDs](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm).
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	SubnetIds pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// System tags for this resource. Each key is predefined and scoped to a namespace. For more information, see [Resource Tags](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/resourcetags.htm). System tags can be viewed by users, but can only be created by the system.  Example: `{"orcl-cloud.free-tier-retained": "true"}`
	SystemTags pulumi.MapInput
	// The date and time the load balancer was created, in the format defined by RFC3339.  Example: `2016-08-25T21:10:29.600Z`
	TimeCreated pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (LoadBalancerState) ElementType

func (LoadBalancerState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs

type LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name of the routing policy to retrieve.  Example: `exampleRoutingPolicy`
	RoutingPolicyName string `pulumi:"routingPolicyName"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy.

type LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputArgs

type LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name of the routing policy to retrieve.  Example: `exampleRoutingPolicy`
	RoutingPolicyName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"routingPolicyName"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy.

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResult

type LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResult struct {
	// The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.
	ConditionLanguageVersion string `pulumi:"conditionLanguageVersion"`
	Id                       string `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId           string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	Name              string `pulumi:"name"`
	RoutingPolicyName string `pulumi:"routingPolicyName"`
	// The ordered list of routing rules.
	Rules []GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyRule `pulumi:"rules"`
	State string                             `pulumi:"state"`
}

A collection of values returned by getLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy.

func LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy

This data source provides details about a specific Load Balancer Routing Policy resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Gets the specified routing policy.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyArgs{
			LoadBalancerId:    testLoadBalancer.Id,
			RoutingPolicyName: testRoutingPolicy.Name,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput

type LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getLoadBalancerRoutingPolicy.

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) ConditionLanguageVersion

The version of the language in which `condition` of `rules` are composed.

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) Id

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) Name

A unique name for the routing policy rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) RoutingPolicyName

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) Rules

The ordered list of routing rules.

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) State

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput

func (o LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput() LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupLoadBalancerRoutingPolicyResultOutput

type LookupRuleSetArgs

type LookupRuleSetArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name of the rule set to retrieve.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getRuleSet.

type LookupRuleSetOutputArgs

type LookupRuleSetOutputArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name of the rule set to retrieve.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getRuleSet.

func (LookupRuleSetOutputArgs) ElementType

func (LookupRuleSetOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupRuleSetResult

type LookupRuleSetResult struct {
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
	// An array of rules that compose the rule set.
	Items          []GetRuleSetItem `pulumi:"items"`
	LoadBalancerId string           `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	Name  string `pulumi:"name"`
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
}

A collection of values returned by getRuleSet.

func LookupRuleSet

func LookupRuleSet(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupRuleSetArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupRuleSetResult, error)

This data source provides details about a specific Rule Set resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Gets the specified set of rules.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetRuleSet(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetRuleSetArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
			Name:           ruleSetName,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type LookupRuleSetResultOutput

type LookupRuleSetResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getRuleSet.

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) Id

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) Items

An array of rules that compose the rule set.

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (o LookupRuleSetResultOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) Name

The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleRuleSet`

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) State

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) ToLookupRuleSetResultOutput

func (o LookupRuleSetResultOutput) ToLookupRuleSetResultOutput() LookupRuleSetResultOutput

func (LookupRuleSetResultOutput) ToLookupRuleSetResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupRuleSetResultOutput) ToLookupRuleSetResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupRuleSetResultOutput

type LookupSslCipherSuiteArgs

type LookupSslCipherSuiteArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId string `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name of the SSL cipher suite to retrieve.
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getSslCipherSuite.

type LookupSslCipherSuiteOutputArgs

type LookupSslCipherSuiteOutputArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name of the SSL cipher suite to retrieve.
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	Name pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"name"`
}

A collection of arguments for invoking getSslCipherSuite.

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupSslCipherSuiteResult

type LookupSslCipherSuiteResult struct {
	// A list of SSL ciphers the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.
	Ciphers        []string `pulumi:"ciphers"`
	Id             string   `pulumi:"id"`
	LoadBalancerId string   `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	Name  string `pulumi:"name"`
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
}

A collection of values returned by getSslCipherSuite.

func LookupSslCipherSuite

func LookupSslCipherSuite(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupSslCipherSuiteArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupSslCipherSuiteResult, error)

This data source provides details about a specific Ssl Cipher Suite resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Gets the specified SSL cipher suite's configuration information.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.GetSslCipherSuite(ctx, &loadbalancer.GetSslCipherSuiteArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: testLoadBalancer.Id,
			Name:           sslCipherSuiteName,
		}, nil)
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

type LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput

type LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

A collection of values returned by getSslCipherSuite.

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) Ciphers

A list of SSL ciphers the load balancer must support for HTTPS or SSL connections.

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) Id

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) LoadBalancerId

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) Name

A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) State

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) ToLookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput

func (o LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) ToLookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput() LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput

func (LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) ToLookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput) ToLookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupSslCipherSuiteResultOutput

type PathRouteSet

type PathRouteSet struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the path route set to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name for this set of path route rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// (Updatable) The set of path route rules.
	PathRoutes PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput `pulumi:"pathRoutes"`
	State      pulumi.StringOutput              `pulumi:"state"`
}

This resource provides the Path Route Set resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Adds a path route set to a load balancer. For more information, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm).

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.NewPathRouteSet(ctx, "test_path_route_set", &LoadBalancer.PathRouteSetArgs{
			LoadBalancerId: pulumi.Any(testLoadBalancer.Id),
			Name:           pulumi.Any(pathRouteSetName),
			PathRoutes: loadbalancer.PathRouteSetPathRouteArray{
				&loadbalancer.PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs{
					BackendSetName: pulumi.Any(testBackendSet.Name),
					Path:           pulumi.Any(pathRouteSetPathRoutesPath),
					PathMatchType: &loadbalancer.PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs{
						MatchType: pulumi.Any(pathRouteSetPathRoutesPathMatchTypeMatchType),
					},
				},
			},
		})
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

## Import

PathRouteSets can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/pathRouteSet:PathRouteSet test_path_route_set "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/pathRouteSets/{pathRouteSetName}" ```

func GetPathRouteSet

func GetPathRouteSet(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *PathRouteSetState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*PathRouteSet, error)

GetPathRouteSet gets an existing PathRouteSet resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewPathRouteSet

func NewPathRouteSet(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *PathRouteSetArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*PathRouteSet, error)

NewPathRouteSet registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*PathRouteSet) ElementType

func (*PathRouteSet) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*PathRouteSet) ToPathRouteSetOutput

func (i *PathRouteSet) ToPathRouteSetOutput() PathRouteSetOutput

func (*PathRouteSet) ToPathRouteSetOutputWithContext

func (i *PathRouteSet) ToPathRouteSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetOutput

type PathRouteSetArgs

type PathRouteSetArgs struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the path route set to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// The name for this set of path route rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The set of path route rules.
	PathRoutes PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a PathRouteSet resource.

func (PathRouteSetArgs) ElementType

func (PathRouteSetArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type PathRouteSetArray

type PathRouteSetArray []PathRouteSetInput

func (PathRouteSetArray) ElementType

func (PathRouteSetArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetArray) ToPathRouteSetArrayOutput

func (i PathRouteSetArray) ToPathRouteSetArrayOutput() PathRouteSetArrayOutput

func (PathRouteSetArray) ToPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext

func (i PathRouteSetArray) ToPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetArrayOutput

type PathRouteSetArrayInput

type PathRouteSetArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPathRouteSetArrayOutput() PathRouteSetArrayOutput
	ToPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) PathRouteSetArrayOutput
}

PathRouteSetArrayInput is an input type that accepts PathRouteSetArray and PathRouteSetArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PathRouteSetArrayInput` via:

PathRouteSetArray{ PathRouteSetArgs{...} }

type PathRouteSetArrayOutput

type PathRouteSetArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PathRouteSetArrayOutput) ElementType

func (PathRouteSetArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetArrayOutput) Index

func (PathRouteSetArrayOutput) ToPathRouteSetArrayOutput

func (o PathRouteSetArrayOutput) ToPathRouteSetArrayOutput() PathRouteSetArrayOutput

func (PathRouteSetArrayOutput) ToPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext

func (o PathRouteSetArrayOutput) ToPathRouteSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetArrayOutput

type PathRouteSetInput

type PathRouteSetInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPathRouteSetOutput() PathRouteSetOutput
	ToPathRouteSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetOutput
}

type PathRouteSetMap

type PathRouteSetMap map[string]PathRouteSetInput

func (PathRouteSetMap) ElementType

func (PathRouteSetMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetMap) ToPathRouteSetMapOutput

func (i PathRouteSetMap) ToPathRouteSetMapOutput() PathRouteSetMapOutput

func (PathRouteSetMap) ToPathRouteSetMapOutputWithContext

func (i PathRouteSetMap) ToPathRouteSetMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetMapOutput

type PathRouteSetMapInput

type PathRouteSetMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPathRouteSetMapOutput() PathRouteSetMapOutput
	ToPathRouteSetMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) PathRouteSetMapOutput
}

PathRouteSetMapInput is an input type that accepts PathRouteSetMap and PathRouteSetMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PathRouteSetMapInput` via:

PathRouteSetMap{ "key": PathRouteSetArgs{...} }

type PathRouteSetMapOutput

type PathRouteSetMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PathRouteSetMapOutput) ElementType

func (PathRouteSetMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetMapOutput) MapIndex

func (PathRouteSetMapOutput) ToPathRouteSetMapOutput

func (o PathRouteSetMapOutput) ToPathRouteSetMapOutput() PathRouteSetMapOutput

func (PathRouteSetMapOutput) ToPathRouteSetMapOutputWithContext

func (o PathRouteSetMapOutput) ToPathRouteSetMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetMapOutput

type PathRouteSetOutput

type PathRouteSetOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PathRouteSetOutput) ElementType

func (PathRouteSetOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetOutput) LoadBalancerId added in v0.4.0

func (o PathRouteSetOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the path route set to.

func (PathRouteSetOutput) Name added in v0.4.0

The name for this set of path route rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `examplePathRouteSet`

func (PathRouteSetOutput) PathRoutes added in v0.4.0

(Updatable) The set of path route rules.

func (PathRouteSetOutput) State added in v0.4.0

func (PathRouteSetOutput) ToPathRouteSetOutput

func (o PathRouteSetOutput) ToPathRouteSetOutput() PathRouteSetOutput

func (PathRouteSetOutput) ToPathRouteSetOutputWithContext

func (o PathRouteSetOutput) ToPathRouteSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetOutput

type PathRouteSetPathRoute

type PathRouteSetPathRoute struct {
	// (Updatable) The name of the target backend set for requests where the incoming URI matches the specified path.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendSetName string `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// (Updatable) The path string to match against the incoming URI path.
	// *  Path strings are case-insensitive.
	// *  Asterisk (*) wildcards are not supported.
	// *  Regular expressions are not supported.
	//
	// Example: `/example/video/123`
	Path string `pulumi:"path"`
	// (Updatable) The type of matching to apply to incoming URIs.
	PathMatchType PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchType `pulumi:"pathMatchType"`
}

type PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs

type PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The name of the target backend set for requests where the incoming URI matches the specified path.  Example: `exampleBackendSet`
	BackendSetName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"backendSetName"`
	// (Updatable) The path string to match against the incoming URI path.
	// *  Path strings are case-insensitive.
	// *  Asterisk (*) wildcards are not supported.
	// *  Regular expressions are not supported.
	//
	// Example: `/example/video/123`
	Path pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"path"`
	// (Updatable) The type of matching to apply to incoming URIs.
	PathMatchType PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput `pulumi:"pathMatchType"`
}

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ElementType

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

func (i PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput() PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext

func (i PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

type PathRouteSetPathRouteArray

type PathRouteSetPathRouteArray []PathRouteSetPathRouteInput

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ElementType

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

func (i PathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput() PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext

func (i PathRouteSetPathRouteArray) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

type PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput

type PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput() PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput
	ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput
}

PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput is an input type that accepts PathRouteSetPathRouteArray and PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput` via:

PathRouteSetPathRouteArray{ PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs{...} }

type PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

type PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ElementType

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) Index

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

func (o PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput() PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext

func (o PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayOutput

type PathRouteSetPathRouteInput

type PathRouteSetPathRouteInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput() PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput
	ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext(context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput
}

PathRouteSetPathRouteInput is an input type that accepts PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs and PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PathRouteSetPathRouteInput` via:

PathRouteSetPathRouteArgs{...}

type PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

type PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) BackendSetName

func (o PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) BackendSetName() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) The name of the target backend set for requests where the incoming URI matches the specified path. Example: `exampleBackendSet`

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ElementType

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) Path

(Updatable) The path string to match against the incoming URI path. * Path strings are case-insensitive. * Asterisk (*) wildcards are not supported. * Regular expressions are not supported.

Example: `/example/video/123`

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) PathMatchType

(Updatable) The type of matching to apply to incoming URIs.

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

func (o PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutput() PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

func (PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext

func (o PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRouteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRouteOutput

type PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchType

type PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchType struct {
	// (Updatable) Specifies how the load balancing service compares a [PathRoute](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/requests/PathRoute) object's `path` string against the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that exactly matches the incoming URI path.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for the `path` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the ending portion of the incoming URI path.
	//
	// For a full description of how the system handles `matchType` in a path route set containing multiple rules, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm).
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	MatchType string `pulumi:"matchType"`
}

type PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs

type PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) Specifies how the load balancing service compares a [PathRoute](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/requests/PathRoute) object's `path` string against the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that exactly matches the incoming URI path.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for the `path` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the ending portion of the incoming URI path.
	//
	// For a full description of how the system handles `matchType` in a path route set containing multiple rules, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm).
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	MatchType pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"matchType"`
}

func (PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ElementType

func (PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

func (i PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput() PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

func (PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext

func (i PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs) ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

type PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput

type PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput() PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput
	ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput
}

PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput is an input type that accepts PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs and PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeInput` via:

PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeArgs{...}

type PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

type PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ElementType

func (PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) MatchType

(Updatable) Specifies how the load balancing service compares a [PathRoute](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/api/#/en/loadbalancer/20170115/requests/PathRoute) object's `path` string against the incoming URI. * **EXACT_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that exactly matches the incoming URI path. * **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for the `path` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path. * **PREFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the beginning portion of the incoming URI path. * **SUFFIX_MATCH** - Looks for a `path` string that matches the ending portion of the incoming URI path.

For a full description of how the system handles `matchType` in a path route set containing multiple rules, see [Managing Request Routing](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrequest.htm).

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

func (PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

func (o PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput() PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

func (PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext

func (o PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput) ToPathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PathRouteSetPathRoutePathMatchTypeOutput

type PathRouteSetState

type PathRouteSetState struct {
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the load balancer to add the path route set to.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The name for this set of path route rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `examplePathRouteSet`
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// (Updatable) The set of path route rules.
	PathRoutes PathRouteSetPathRouteArrayInput
	State      pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (PathRouteSetState) ElementType

func (PathRouteSetState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type RuleSet

type RuleSet struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// (Updatable) An array of rules that compose the rule set. For more information, see [Managing Rule Sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrulesets.htm)
	Items RuleSetItemArrayOutput `pulumi:"items"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
}

This resource provides the Rule Set resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Creates a new rule set associated with the specified load balancer. For more information, see [Managing Rule Sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrulesets.htm).

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.NewRuleSet(ctx, "test_rule_set", &LoadBalancer.RuleSetArgs{
			Items: loadbalancer.RuleSetItemArray{
				&loadbalancer.RuleSetItemArgs{
					Action:                      pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsAction),
					AllowedMethods:              pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsAllowedMethods),
					AreInvalidCharactersAllowed: pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsAreInvalidCharactersAllowed),
					Conditions: loadbalancer.RuleSetItemConditionArray{
						&loadbalancer.RuleSetItemConditionArgs{
							AttributeName:  pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsConditionsAttributeName),
							AttributeValue: pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsConditionsAttributeValue),
							Operator:       pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsConditionsOperator),
						},
					},
					Description:             pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsDescription),
					Header:                  pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsHeader),
					HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb: pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsHttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb),
					Prefix:                  pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsPrefix),
					RedirectUri: &loadbalancer.RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs{
						Host:     pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsRedirectUriHost),
						Path:     pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsRedirectUriPath),
						Port:     pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsRedirectUriPort),
						Protocol: pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsRedirectUriProtocol),
						Query:    pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsRedirectUriQuery),
					},
					ResponseCode: pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsResponseCode),
					StatusCode:   pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsStatusCode),
					Suffix:       pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsSuffix),
					Value:        pulumi.Any(ruleSetItemsValue),
				},
			},
			LoadBalancerId: pulumi.Any(testLoadBalancer.Id),
			Name:           pulumi.Any(ruleSetName),
		})
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

## Import

RuleSets can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/ruleSet:RuleSet test_rule_set "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/ruleSets/{ruleSetName}" ```

func GetRuleSet

func GetRuleSet(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *RuleSetState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*RuleSet, error)

GetRuleSet gets an existing RuleSet resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewRuleSet

func NewRuleSet(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *RuleSetArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*RuleSet, error)

NewRuleSet registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*RuleSet) ElementType

func (*RuleSet) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*RuleSet) ToRuleSetOutput

func (i *RuleSet) ToRuleSetOutput() RuleSetOutput

func (*RuleSet) ToRuleSetOutputWithContext

func (i *RuleSet) ToRuleSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetOutput

type RuleSetArgs

type RuleSetArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) An array of rules that compose the rule set. For more information, see [Managing Rule Sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrulesets.htm)
	Items RuleSetItemArrayInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a RuleSet resource.

func (RuleSetArgs) ElementType

func (RuleSetArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type RuleSetArray

type RuleSetArray []RuleSetInput

func (RuleSetArray) ElementType

func (RuleSetArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetArray) ToRuleSetArrayOutput

func (i RuleSetArray) ToRuleSetArrayOutput() RuleSetArrayOutput

func (RuleSetArray) ToRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext

func (i RuleSetArray) ToRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetArrayOutput

type RuleSetArrayInput

type RuleSetArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetArrayOutput() RuleSetArrayOutput
	ToRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetArrayOutput
}

RuleSetArrayInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetArray and RuleSetArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetArrayInput` via:

RuleSetArray{ RuleSetArgs{...} }

type RuleSetArrayOutput

type RuleSetArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetArrayOutput) ElementType

func (RuleSetArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetArrayOutput) Index

func (RuleSetArrayOutput) ToRuleSetArrayOutput

func (o RuleSetArrayOutput) ToRuleSetArrayOutput() RuleSetArrayOutput

func (RuleSetArrayOutput) ToRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext

func (o RuleSetArrayOutput) ToRuleSetArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetArrayOutput

type RuleSetInput

type RuleSetInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetOutput() RuleSetOutput
	ToRuleSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetOutput
}

type RuleSetItem

type RuleSetItem struct {
	// (Updatable) The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`
	Action string `pulumi:"action"`
	// (Updatable) The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.
	//
	// By default, you can specify only the standard HTTP methods defined in the [HTTP Method Registry](http://www.iana.org/assignments/http-methods/http-methods.xhtml). You can also see a list of supported standard HTTP methods in the Load Balancing service documentation at [Managing Rule Sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrulesets.htm).
	//
	// Your backend application must be able to handle the methods specified in this list.
	//
	// The list of HTTP methods is extensible. If you need to configure custom HTTP methods, contact [My Oracle Support](http://support.oracle.com/) to remove the restriction for your tenancy.
	//
	// Example: ["GET", "PUT", "POST", "PROPFIND"]
	AllowedMethods []string `pulumi:"allowedMethods"`
	// (Updatable) Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header
	AreInvalidCharactersAllowed *bool `pulumi:"areInvalidCharactersAllowed"`
	// (Updatable)
	Conditions []RuleSetItemCondition `pulumi:"conditions"`
	// (Updatable) A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// example: `192.168.0.0/16 and 2001:db8::/32 are trusted clients. Whitelist them.`
	Description *string `pulumi:"description"`
	// (Updatable) A header name that conforms to RFC 7230.  Example: `exampleHeaderName`
	Header *string `pulumi:"header"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.
	HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb *int `pulumi:"httpLargeHeaderSizeInKb"`
	// (Updatable) A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	//
	// Example: `examplePrefixValue`
	Prefix *string `pulumi:"prefix"`
	// (Updatable) An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.
	//
	// **NOTE:** The Load Balancing service cannot automatically detect or avoid infinite redirects. Be sure to provide meaningful, complete, and correct field values. If any component field of this object has no value, the system retains the value from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// For example, if you specify only the protocol field `https`, and the incoming request URI is `http://example.com:8080`, the resulting runtime redirect URI is `https://example.com:8080`. The system retains the host and port from the incoming URI and does not automatically change the port setting from `8080` to `443`.
	//
	// Be sure to configure valid percent-encoding (URL encoding) when needed.
	//
	// In addition to static string values, you can use the following tokens to construct the redirect URI. These tokens extract values from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {protocol} : The protocol from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {host}     : The domain name from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {port}     : The port from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {path}     : The path from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {query}    : The query string from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// The tokens are case sensitive. For example, `{host}` is a valid token, but `{HOST}` is not.
	//
	// You can retain the literal characters of a token when you specify values for the path and query properties of the redirect URI. Use a backslash (\\) as the escape character for the \\, {, and } characters. For example, if the incoming HTTP request URI is `/video`, the path property value:
	//
	// `/example{path}123\{path\}`
	//
	// appears in the constructed redirect URI as:
	//
	// `/example/video123{path}`
	RedirectUri *RuleSetItemRedirectUri `pulumi:"redirectUri"`
	// (Updatable) The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.
	//
	// The status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. Valid response codes for redirection are:
	// *  301
	// *  302
	// *  303
	// *  307
	// *  308
	//
	// The default value is `302` (Found).
	//
	// Example: `301`
	ResponseCode *int `pulumi:"responseCode"`
	// (Updatable) The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`.  Example: 403
	StatusCode *int `pulumi:"statusCode"`
	// (Updatable) A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	//
	// Example: `exampleSuffixValue`
	Suffix *string `pulumi:"suffix"`
	// (Updatable) A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	//
	// Example: `exampleValue`
	Value *string `pulumi:"value"`
}

type RuleSetItemArgs

type RuleSetItemArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`
	Action pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"action"`
	// (Updatable) The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.
	//
	// By default, you can specify only the standard HTTP methods defined in the [HTTP Method Registry](http://www.iana.org/assignments/http-methods/http-methods.xhtml). You can also see a list of supported standard HTTP methods in the Load Balancing service documentation at [Managing Rule Sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrulesets.htm).
	//
	// Your backend application must be able to handle the methods specified in this list.
	//
	// The list of HTTP methods is extensible. If you need to configure custom HTTP methods, contact [My Oracle Support](http://support.oracle.com/) to remove the restriction for your tenancy.
	//
	// Example: ["GET", "PUT", "POST", "PROPFIND"]
	AllowedMethods pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"allowedMethods"`
	// (Updatable) Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header
	AreInvalidCharactersAllowed pulumi.BoolPtrInput `pulumi:"areInvalidCharactersAllowed"`
	// (Updatable)
	Conditions RuleSetItemConditionArrayInput `pulumi:"conditions"`
	// (Updatable) A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.
	//
	// example: `192.168.0.0/16 and 2001:db8::/32 are trusted clients. Whitelist them.`
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"description"`
	// (Updatable) A header name that conforms to RFC 7230.  Example: `exampleHeaderName`
	Header pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"header"`
	// (Updatable) The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.
	HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"httpLargeHeaderSizeInKb"`
	// (Updatable) A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	//
	// Example: `examplePrefixValue`
	Prefix pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"prefix"`
	// (Updatable) An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.
	//
	// **NOTE:** The Load Balancing service cannot automatically detect or avoid infinite redirects. Be sure to provide meaningful, complete, and correct field values. If any component field of this object has no value, the system retains the value from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// For example, if you specify only the protocol field `https`, and the incoming request URI is `http://example.com:8080`, the resulting runtime redirect URI is `https://example.com:8080`. The system retains the host and port from the incoming URI and does not automatically change the port setting from `8080` to `443`.
	//
	// Be sure to configure valid percent-encoding (URL encoding) when needed.
	//
	// In addition to static string values, you can use the following tokens to construct the redirect URI. These tokens extract values from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {protocol} : The protocol from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {host}     : The domain name from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {port}     : The port from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {path}     : The path from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  {query}    : The query string from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// The tokens are case sensitive. For example, `{host}` is a valid token, but `{HOST}` is not.
	//
	// You can retain the literal characters of a token when you specify values for the path and query properties of the redirect URI. Use a backslash (\\) as the escape character for the \\, {, and } characters. For example, if the incoming HTTP request URI is `/video`, the path property value:
	//
	// `/example{path}123\{path\}`
	//
	// appears in the constructed redirect URI as:
	//
	// `/example/video123{path}`
	RedirectUri RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrInput `pulumi:"redirectUri"`
	// (Updatable) The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.
	//
	// The status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. Valid response codes for redirection are:
	// *  301
	// *  302
	// *  303
	// *  307
	// *  308
	//
	// The default value is `302` (Found).
	//
	// Example: `301`
	ResponseCode pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"responseCode"`
	// (Updatable) The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`.  Example: 403
	StatusCode pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"statusCode"`
	// (Updatable) A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	//
	// Example: `exampleSuffixValue`
	Suffix pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"suffix"`
	// (Updatable) A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions:
	// *  value cannot contain `$`
	// *  value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.
	//
	// Example: `exampleValue`
	Value pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"value"`
}

func (RuleSetItemArgs) ElementType

func (RuleSetItemArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemArgs) ToRuleSetItemOutput

func (i RuleSetItemArgs) ToRuleSetItemOutput() RuleSetItemOutput

func (RuleSetItemArgs) ToRuleSetItemOutputWithContext

func (i RuleSetItemArgs) ToRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemOutput

type RuleSetItemArray

type RuleSetItemArray []RuleSetItemInput

func (RuleSetItemArray) ElementType

func (RuleSetItemArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemArray) ToRuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (i RuleSetItemArray) ToRuleSetItemArrayOutput() RuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (RuleSetItemArray) ToRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext

func (i RuleSetItemArray) ToRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemArrayOutput

type RuleSetItemArrayInput

type RuleSetItemArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetItemArrayOutput() RuleSetItemArrayOutput
	ToRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetItemArrayOutput
}

RuleSetItemArrayInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetItemArray and RuleSetItemArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetItemArrayInput` via:

RuleSetItemArray{ RuleSetItemArgs{...} }

type RuleSetItemArrayOutput

type RuleSetItemArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetItemArrayOutput) ElementType

func (RuleSetItemArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemArrayOutput) Index

func (RuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (o RuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemArrayOutput() RuleSetItemArrayOutput

func (RuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext

func (o RuleSetItemArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemArrayOutput

type RuleSetItemCondition

type RuleSetItemCondition struct {
	// (Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`
	AttributeName string `pulumi:"attributeName"`
	// (Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`:
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against
	AttributeValue string `pulumi:"attributeValue"`
	// (Updatable) A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	Operator *string `pulumi:"operator"`
}

type RuleSetItemConditionArgs

type RuleSetItemConditionArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`
	AttributeName pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"attributeName"`
	// (Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`:
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against
	// - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against
	AttributeValue pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"attributeValue"`
	// (Updatable) A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI.
	// *  **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path.
	// *  **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	// *  **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.
	Operator pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"operator"`
}

func (RuleSetItemConditionArgs) ElementType

func (RuleSetItemConditionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToRuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (i RuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToRuleSetItemConditionOutput() RuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (RuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext

func (i RuleSetItemConditionArgs) ToRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemConditionOutput

type RuleSetItemConditionArray

type RuleSetItemConditionArray []RuleSetItemConditionInput

func (RuleSetItemConditionArray) ElementType

func (RuleSetItemConditionArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemConditionArray) ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (i RuleSetItemConditionArray) ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (RuleSetItemConditionArray) ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext

func (i RuleSetItemConditionArray) ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

type RuleSetItemConditionArrayInput

type RuleSetItemConditionArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput
	ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput
}

RuleSetItemConditionArrayInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetItemConditionArray and RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetItemConditionArrayInput` via:

RuleSetItemConditionArray{ RuleSetItemConditionArgs{...} }

type RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

type RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ElementType

func (RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) Index

func (RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (o RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput() RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

func (RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext

func (o RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput) ToRuleSetItemConditionArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemConditionArrayOutput

type RuleSetItemConditionInput

type RuleSetItemConditionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetItemConditionOutput() RuleSetItemConditionOutput
	ToRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetItemConditionOutput
}

RuleSetItemConditionInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetItemConditionArgs and RuleSetItemConditionOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetItemConditionInput` via:

RuleSetItemConditionArgs{...}

type RuleSetItemConditionOutput

type RuleSetItemConditionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeName

(Updatable) The attributeName can be one of these values: `PATH`, `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS`, `SOURCE_VCN_ID`, `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS`

func (RuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeValue

func (o RuleSetItemConditionOutput) AttributeValue() pulumi.StringOutput

(Updatable) Depends on `attributeName`: - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 or IPv6 address range to which the source IP address of incoming packet would be matched against - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_IP_ADDRESS` | IPv4 address range to which the original client IP address (in customer VCN) of incoming packet would be matched against - when `attributeName` = `SOURCE_VCN_ID` | OCID of the customer VCN to which the service gateway embedded VCN ID of incoming packet would be matched against

func (RuleSetItemConditionOutput) ElementType

func (RuleSetItemConditionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemConditionOutput) Operator

(Updatable) A string that specifies how to compare the PathMatchCondition object's `attributeValue` string to the incoming URI. * **EXACT_MATCH** - The incoming URI path must exactly and completely match the `attributeValue` string. * **FORCE_LONGEST_PREFIX_MATCH** - The system looks for the `attributeValue` string with the best, longest match of the beginning portion of the incoming URI path. * **PREFIX_MATCH** - The beginning portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string. * **SUFFIX_MATCH** - The ending portion of the incoming URI path must exactly match the `attributeValue` string.

func (RuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToRuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (o RuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToRuleSetItemConditionOutput() RuleSetItemConditionOutput

func (RuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext

func (o RuleSetItemConditionOutput) ToRuleSetItemConditionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemConditionOutput

type RuleSetItemInput

type RuleSetItemInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetItemOutput() RuleSetItemOutput
	ToRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetItemOutput
}

RuleSetItemInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetItemArgs and RuleSetItemOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetItemInput` via:

RuleSetItemArgs{...}

type RuleSetItemOutput

type RuleSetItemOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetItemOutput) Action

(Updatable) The action can be one of these values: `ADD_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `ADD_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`, `ALLOW`, `CONTROL_ACCESS_USING_HTTP_METHODS`, `EXTEND_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER_VALUE`, `EXTEND_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER_VALUE`, `HTTP_HEADER`, `REDIRECT`, `REMOVE_HTTP_REQUEST_HEADER`, `REMOVE_HTTP_RESPONSE_HEADER`

func (RuleSetItemOutput) AllowedMethods

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) AllowedMethods() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

(Updatable) The list of HTTP methods allowed for this listener.

By default, you can specify only the standard HTTP methods defined in the [HTTP Method Registry](http://www.iana.org/assignments/http-methods/http-methods.xhtml). You can also see a list of supported standard HTTP methods in the Load Balancing service documentation at [Managing Rule Sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrulesets.htm).

Your backend application must be able to handle the methods specified in this list.

The list of HTTP methods is extensible. If you need to configure custom HTTP methods, contact [My Oracle Support](http://support.oracle.com/) to remove the restriction for your tenancy.

Example: ["GET", "PUT", "POST", "PROPFIND"]

func (RuleSetItemOutput) AreInvalidCharactersAllowed

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) AreInvalidCharactersAllowed() pulumi.BoolPtrOutput

(Updatable) Indicates whether or not invalid characters in client header fields will be allowed. Valid names are composed of English letters, digits, hyphens and underscores. If "true", invalid characters are allowed in the HTTP header. If "false", invalid characters are not allowed in the HTTP header

func (RuleSetItemOutput) Conditions

(Updatable)

func (RuleSetItemOutput) Description

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) Description() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

(Updatable) A brief description of the access control rule. Avoid entering confidential information.

example: `192.168.0.0/16 and 2001:db8::/32 are trusted clients. Whitelist them.`

func (RuleSetItemOutput) ElementType

func (RuleSetItemOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemOutput) Header

(Updatable) A header name that conforms to RFC 7230. Example: `exampleHeaderName`

func (RuleSetItemOutput) HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) HttpLargeHeaderSizeInKb() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The maximum size of each buffer used for reading http client request header. This value indicates the maximum size allowed for each buffer. The allowed values for buffer size are 8, 16, 32 and 64.

func (RuleSetItemOutput) Prefix

(Updatable) A string to prepend to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

Example: `examplePrefixValue`

func (RuleSetItemOutput) RedirectUri

(Updatable) An object that defines the redirect URI applied to the original request. The object property values compose the redirect URI.

**NOTE:** The Load Balancing service cannot automatically detect or avoid infinite redirects. Be sure to provide meaningful, complete, and correct field values. If any component field of this object has no value, the system retains the value from the incoming HTTP request URI.

For example, if you specify only the protocol field `https`, and the incoming request URI is `http://example.com:8080`, the resulting runtime redirect URI is `https://example.com:8080`. The system retains the host and port from the incoming URI and does not automatically change the port setting from `8080` to `443`.

Be sure to configure valid percent-encoding (URL encoding) when needed.

In addition to static string values, you can use the following tokens to construct the redirect URI. These tokens extract values from the incoming HTTP request URI. * {protocol} : The protocol from the incoming HTTP request URI. * {host} : The domain name from the incoming HTTP request URI. * {port} : The port from the incoming HTTP request URI. * {path} : The path from the incoming HTTP request URI. * {query} : The query string from the incoming HTTP request URI.

The tokens are case sensitive. For example, `{host}` is a valid token, but `{HOST}` is not.

You can retain the literal characters of a token when you specify values for the path and query properties of the redirect URI. Use a backslash (\\) as the escape character for the \\, {, and } characters. For example, if the incoming HTTP request URI is `/video`, the path property value:

`/example{path}123\{path\}`

appears in the constructed redirect URI as:

`/example/video123{path}`

func (RuleSetItemOutput) ResponseCode

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) ResponseCode() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The HTTP status code to return when the incoming request is redirected.

The status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. Valid response codes for redirection are: * 301 * 302 * 303 * 307 * 308

The default value is `302` (Found).

Example: `301`

func (RuleSetItemOutput) StatusCode

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) StatusCode() pulumi.IntPtrOutput

(Updatable) The HTTP status code to return when the requested HTTP method is not in the list of allowed methods. The associated status line returned with the code is mapped from the standard HTTP specification. The default value is `405 (Method Not Allowed)`. Example: 403

func (RuleSetItemOutput) Suffix

(Updatable) A string to append to the header value. The resulting header value must still conform to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

Example: `exampleSuffixValue`

func (RuleSetItemOutput) ToRuleSetItemOutput

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) ToRuleSetItemOutput() RuleSetItemOutput

func (RuleSetItemOutput) ToRuleSetItemOutputWithContext

func (o RuleSetItemOutput) ToRuleSetItemOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemOutput

func (RuleSetItemOutput) Value

(Updatable) A header value that conforms to RFC 7230. With the following exceptions: * value cannot contain `$` * value cannot contain patterns like `{variable_name}`. They are reserved for future extensions. Currently, such values are invalid.

Example: `exampleValue`

type RuleSetItemRedirectUri

type RuleSetItemRedirectUri struct {
	// (Updatable) The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// When this value is null, not set, or set to `{host}`, the service preserves the original domain name from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// All RedirectUri tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.
	//
	// Curly braces are valid in this property only to surround tokens, such as `{host}`
	//
	// Examples:
	// *  **example.com** appears as `example.com` in the redirect URI.
	// *  **in{host}** appears as `inexample.com` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  **{port}{host}** appears as `8081example.com` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname and the port is `8081` in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	Host *string `pulumi:"host"`
	// (Updatable) The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// When this value is null, not set, or set to `{path}`, the service preserves the original path from the incoming HTTP request URI. To omit the path from the redirect URI, set this value to an empty string, "".
	//
	// All RedirectUri tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.
	//
	// The path string must begin with `/` if it does not begin with the `{path}` token.
	//
	// Examples:
	// *  __/example/video/123__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI.
	// *  __/example{path}__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI if `/video/123` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __{path}/123__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI if `/example/video` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __{path}123__ appears as `/example/video123` in the redirect URI if `/example/video` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __/{host}/123__ appears as `/example.com/123` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __/{host}/{port}__ appears as `/example.com/123` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname and `123` is the port in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __/{query}__ appears as `/lang=en` in the redirect URI if the query is `lang=en` in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	Path *string `pulumi:"path"`
	// (Updatable) The communication port to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// Valid values include integers from 1 to 65535.
	//
	// When this value is null, the service preserves the original port from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// Example: `8081`
	Port *int `pulumi:"port"`
	// (Updatable) The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// When this value is null, not set, or set to `{protocol}`, the service preserves the original protocol from the incoming HTTP request URI. Allowed values are:
	// *  HTTP
	// *  HTTPS
	// *  {protocol}
	//
	// `{protocol}` is the only valid token for this property. It can appear only once in the value string.
	//
	// Example: `HTTPS`
	Protocol *string `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// (Updatable) The query string to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// When this value is null, not set, or set to `{query}`, the service preserves the original query parameters from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// All `RedirectUri` tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.
	//
	// If the query string does not begin with the `{query}` token, it must begin with the question mark (?) character.
	//
	// You can specify multiple query parameters as a single string. Separate each query parameter with an ampersand (&) character. To omit all incoming query parameters from the redirect URI, set this value to an empty string, "".
	//
	// If the specified query string results in a redirect URI ending with `?` or `&`, the last character is truncated. For example, if the incoming URI is `http://host.com:8080/documents` and the query property value is `?lang=en&{query}`, the redirect URI is `http://host.com:8080/documents?lang=en`. The system truncates the final ampersand (&) because the incoming URI included no value to replace the {query} token.
	//
	// Examples:
	// * **lang=en&time_zone=PST** appears as `lang=en&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI.
	// * **{query}** appears as `lang=en&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI if `lang=en&time_zone=PST` is the query string in the incoming HTTP request. If the incoming HTTP request has no query parameters, the `{query}` token renders as an empty string.
	// * **lang=en&{query}&time_zone=PST** appears as `lang=en&country=us&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI if `country=us` is the query string in the incoming HTTP request. If the incoming HTTP request has no query parameters, this value renders as `lang=en&time_zone=PST`.
	// *  **protocol={protocol}&hostname={host}** appears as `protocol=http&hostname=example.com` in the redirect URI if the protocol is `HTTP` and the hostname is `example.com` in the incoming HTTP request.
	// *  **port={port}&hostname={host}** appears as `port=8080&hostname=example.com` in the redirect URI if the port is `8080` and the hostname is `example.com` in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	Query *string `pulumi:"query"`
}

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs struct {
	// (Updatable) The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// When this value is null, not set, or set to `{host}`, the service preserves the original domain name from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// All RedirectUri tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.
	//
	// Curly braces are valid in this property only to surround tokens, such as `{host}`
	//
	// Examples:
	// *  **example.com** appears as `example.com` in the redirect URI.
	// *  **in{host}** appears as `inexample.com` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  **{port}{host}** appears as `8081example.com` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname and the port is `8081` in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	Host pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"host"`
	// (Updatable) The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// When this value is null, not set, or set to `{path}`, the service preserves the original path from the incoming HTTP request URI. To omit the path from the redirect URI, set this value to an empty string, "".
	//
	// All RedirectUri tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.
	//
	// The path string must begin with `/` if it does not begin with the `{path}` token.
	//
	// Examples:
	// *  __/example/video/123__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI.
	// *  __/example{path}__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI if `/video/123` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __{path}/123__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI if `/example/video` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __{path}123__ appears as `/example/video123` in the redirect URI if `/example/video` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __/{host}/123__ appears as `/example.com/123` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __/{host}/{port}__ appears as `/example.com/123` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname and `123` is the port in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	// *  __/{query}__ appears as `/lang=en` in the redirect URI if the query is `lang=en` in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	Path pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"path"`
	// (Updatable) The communication port to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// Valid values include integers from 1 to 65535.
	//
	// When this value is null, the service preserves the original port from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// Example: `8081`
	Port pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"port"`
	// (Updatable) The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// When this value is null, not set, or set to `{protocol}`, the service preserves the original protocol from the incoming HTTP request URI. Allowed values are:
	// *  HTTP
	// *  HTTPS
	// *  {protocol}
	//
	// `{protocol}` is the only valid token for this property. It can appear only once in the value string.
	//
	// Example: `HTTPS`
	Protocol pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"protocol"`
	// (Updatable) The query string to use in the redirect URI.
	//
	// When this value is null, not set, or set to `{query}`, the service preserves the original query parameters from the incoming HTTP request URI.
	//
	// All `RedirectUri` tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.
	//
	// If the query string does not begin with the `{query}` token, it must begin with the question mark (?) character.
	//
	// You can specify multiple query parameters as a single string. Separate each query parameter with an ampersand (&) character. To omit all incoming query parameters from the redirect URI, set this value to an empty string, "".
	//
	// If the specified query string results in a redirect URI ending with `?` or `&`, the last character is truncated. For example, if the incoming URI is `http://host.com:8080/documents` and the query property value is `?lang=en&{query}`, the redirect URI is `http://host.com:8080/documents?lang=en`. The system truncates the final ampersand (&) because the incoming URI included no value to replace the {query} token.
	//
	// Examples:
	// * **lang=en&time_zone=PST** appears as `lang=en&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI.
	// * **{query}** appears as `lang=en&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI if `lang=en&time_zone=PST` is the query string in the incoming HTTP request. If the incoming HTTP request has no query parameters, the `{query}` token renders as an empty string.
	// * **lang=en&{query}&time_zone=PST** appears as `lang=en&country=us&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI if `country=us` is the query string in the incoming HTTP request. If the incoming HTTP request has no query parameters, this value renders as `lang=en&time_zone=PST`.
	// *  **protocol={protocol}&hostname={host}** appears as `protocol=http&hostname=example.com` in the redirect URI if the protocol is `HTTP` and the hostname is `example.com` in the incoming HTTP request.
	// *  **port={port}&hostname={host}** appears as `port=8080&hostname=example.com` in the redirect URI if the port is `8080` and the hostname is `example.com` in the incoming HTTP request URI.
	Query pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"query"`
}

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ElementType

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (i RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext

func (i RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput

func (i RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput() RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutputWithContext

func (i RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriInput

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput
	ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput
}

RuleSetItemRedirectUriInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs and RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetItemRedirectUriInput` via:

RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs{...}

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ElementType

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Host

(Updatable) The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.

When this value is null, not set, or set to `{host}`, the service preserves the original domain name from the incoming HTTP request URI.

All RedirectUri tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.

Curly braces are valid in this property only to surround tokens, such as `{host}`

Examples: * **example.com** appears as `example.com` in the redirect URI. * **in{host}** appears as `inexample.com` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname in the incoming HTTP request URI. * **{port}{host}** appears as `8081example.com` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname and the port is `8081` in the incoming HTTP request URI.

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Path

(Updatable) The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.

When this value is null, not set, or set to `{path}`, the service preserves the original path from the incoming HTTP request URI. To omit the path from the redirect URI, set this value to an empty string, "".

All RedirectUri tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.

The path string must begin with `/` if it does not begin with the `{path}` token.

Examples: * __/example/video/123__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI. * __/example{path}__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI if `/video/123` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __{path}/123__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI if `/example/video` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __{path}123__ appears as `/example/video123` in the redirect URI if `/example/video` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __/{host}/123__ appears as `/example.com/123` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __/{host}/{port}__ appears as `/example.com/123` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname and `123` is the port in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __/{query}__ appears as `/lang=en` in the redirect URI if the query is `lang=en` in the incoming HTTP request URI.

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Port

(Updatable) The communication port to use in the redirect URI.

Valid values include integers from 1 to 65535.

When this value is null, the service preserves the original port from the incoming HTTP request URI.

Example: `8081`

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Protocol

(Updatable) The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.

When this value is null, not set, or set to `{protocol}`, the service preserves the original protocol from the incoming HTTP request URI. Allowed values are: * HTTP * HTTPS * {protocol}

`{protocol}` is the only valid token for this property. It can appear only once in the value string.

Example: `HTTPS`

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) Query

(Updatable) The query string to use in the redirect URI.

When this value is null, not set, or set to `{query}`, the service preserves the original query parameters from the incoming HTTP request URI.

All `RedirectUri` tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.

If the query string does not begin with the `{query}` token, it must begin with the question mark (?) character.

You can specify multiple query parameters as a single string. Separate each query parameter with an ampersand (&) character. To omit all incoming query parameters from the redirect URI, set this value to an empty string, "".

If the specified query string results in a redirect URI ending with `?` or `&`, the last character is truncated. For example, if the incoming URI is `http://host.com:8080/documents` and the query property value is `?lang=en&{query}`, the redirect URI is `http://host.com:8080/documents?lang=en`. The system truncates the final ampersand (&) because the incoming URI included no value to replace the {query} token.

Examples: * **lang=en&time_zone=PST** appears as `lang=en&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI. * **{query}** appears as `lang=en&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI if `lang=en&time_zone=PST` is the query string in the incoming HTTP request. If the incoming HTTP request has no query parameters, the `{query}` token renders as an empty string. * **lang=en&{query}&time_zone=PST** appears as `lang=en&country=us&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI if `country=us` is the query string in the incoming HTTP request. If the incoming HTTP request has no query parameters, this value renders as `lang=en&time_zone=PST`. * **protocol={protocol}&hostname={host}** appears as `protocol=http&hostname=example.com` in the redirect URI if the protocol is `HTTP` and the hostname is `example.com` in the incoming HTTP request. * **port={port}&hostname={host}** appears as `port=8080&hostname=example.com` in the redirect URI if the port is `8080` and the hostname is `example.com` in the incoming HTTP request URI.

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput() RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput() RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutputWithContext

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrInput

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput() RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput
	ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput
}

RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs, RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtr and RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrInput` via:

        RuleSetItemRedirectUriArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput

type RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Elem

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) ElementType

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Host

(Updatable) The valid domain name (hostname) or IP address to use in the redirect URI.

When this value is null, not set, or set to `{host}`, the service preserves the original domain name from the incoming HTTP request URI.

All RedirectUri tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.

Curly braces are valid in this property only to surround tokens, such as `{host}`

Examples: * **example.com** appears as `example.com` in the redirect URI. * **in{host}** appears as `inexample.com` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname in the incoming HTTP request URI. * **{port}{host}** appears as `8081example.com` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname and the port is `8081` in the incoming HTTP request URI.

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Path

(Updatable) The HTTP URI path to use in the redirect URI.

When this value is null, not set, or set to `{path}`, the service preserves the original path from the incoming HTTP request URI. To omit the path from the redirect URI, set this value to an empty string, "".

All RedirectUri tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.

The path string must begin with `/` if it does not begin with the `{path}` token.

Examples: * __/example/video/123__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI. * __/example{path}__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI if `/video/123` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __{path}/123__ appears as `/example/video/123` in the redirect URI if `/example/video` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __{path}123__ appears as `/example/video123` in the redirect URI if `/example/video` is the path in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __/{host}/123__ appears as `/example.com/123` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __/{host}/{port}__ appears as `/example.com/123` in the redirect URI if `example.com` is the hostname and `123` is the port in the incoming HTTP request URI. * __/{query}__ appears as `/lang=en` in the redirect URI if the query is `lang=en` in the incoming HTTP request URI.

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Port

(Updatable) The communication port to use in the redirect URI.

Valid values include integers from 1 to 65535.

When this value is null, the service preserves the original port from the incoming HTTP request URI.

Example: `8081`

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Protocol

(Updatable) The HTTP protocol to use in the redirect URI.

When this value is null, not set, or set to `{protocol}`, the service preserves the original protocol from the incoming HTTP request URI. Allowed values are: * HTTP * HTTPS * {protocol}

`{protocol}` is the only valid token for this property. It can appear only once in the value string.

Example: `HTTPS`

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) Query

(Updatable) The query string to use in the redirect URI.

When this value is null, not set, or set to `{query}`, the service preserves the original query parameters from the incoming HTTP request URI.

All `RedirectUri` tokens are valid for this property. You can use any token more than once.

If the query string does not begin with the `{query}` token, it must begin with the question mark (?) character.

You can specify multiple query parameters as a single string. Separate each query parameter with an ampersand (&) character. To omit all incoming query parameters from the redirect URI, set this value to an empty string, "".

If the specified query string results in a redirect URI ending with `?` or `&`, the last character is truncated. For example, if the incoming URI is `http://host.com:8080/documents` and the query property value is `?lang=en&{query}`, the redirect URI is `http://host.com:8080/documents?lang=en`. The system truncates the final ampersand (&) because the incoming URI included no value to replace the {query} token.

Examples: * **lang=en&time_zone=PST** appears as `lang=en&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI. * **{query}** appears as `lang=en&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI if `lang=en&time_zone=PST` is the query string in the incoming HTTP request. If the incoming HTTP request has no query parameters, the `{query}` token renders as an empty string. * **lang=en&{query}&time_zone=PST** appears as `lang=en&country=us&time_zone=PST` in the redirect URI if `country=us` is the query string in the incoming HTTP request. If the incoming HTTP request has no query parameters, this value renders as `lang=en&time_zone=PST`. * **protocol={protocol}&hostname={host}** appears as `protocol=http&hostname=example.com` in the redirect URI if the protocol is `HTTP` and the hostname is `example.com` in the incoming HTTP request. * **port={port}&hostname={host}** appears as `port=8080&hostname=example.com` in the redirect URI if the port is `8080` and the hostname is `example.com` in the incoming HTTP request URI.

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput() RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput

func (RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutputWithContext

func (o RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput) ToRuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetItemRedirectUriPtrOutput

type RuleSetMap

type RuleSetMap map[string]RuleSetInput

func (RuleSetMap) ElementType

func (RuleSetMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetMap) ToRuleSetMapOutput

func (i RuleSetMap) ToRuleSetMapOutput() RuleSetMapOutput

func (RuleSetMap) ToRuleSetMapOutputWithContext

func (i RuleSetMap) ToRuleSetMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetMapOutput

type RuleSetMapInput

type RuleSetMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToRuleSetMapOutput() RuleSetMapOutput
	ToRuleSetMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) RuleSetMapOutput
}

RuleSetMapInput is an input type that accepts RuleSetMap and RuleSetMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `RuleSetMapInput` via:

RuleSetMap{ "key": RuleSetArgs{...} }

type RuleSetMapOutput

type RuleSetMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetMapOutput) ElementType

func (RuleSetMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetMapOutput) MapIndex

func (RuleSetMapOutput) ToRuleSetMapOutput

func (o RuleSetMapOutput) ToRuleSetMapOutput() RuleSetMapOutput

func (RuleSetMapOutput) ToRuleSetMapOutputWithContext

func (o RuleSetMapOutput) ToRuleSetMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetMapOutput

type RuleSetOutput

type RuleSetOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (RuleSetOutput) ElementType

func (RuleSetOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (RuleSetOutput) Items added in v0.4.0

(Updatable) An array of rules that compose the rule set. For more information, see [Managing Rule Sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrulesets.htm)

func (RuleSetOutput) LoadBalancerId added in v0.4.0

func (o RuleSetOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.

func (RuleSetOutput) Name added in v0.4.0

The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information. Example: `exampleRuleSet`

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

func (RuleSetOutput) State added in v0.4.0

func (o RuleSetOutput) State() pulumi.StringOutput

func (RuleSetOutput) ToRuleSetOutput

func (o RuleSetOutput) ToRuleSetOutput() RuleSetOutput

func (RuleSetOutput) ToRuleSetOutputWithContext

func (o RuleSetOutput) ToRuleSetOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) RuleSetOutput

type RuleSetState

type RuleSetState struct {
	// (Updatable) An array of rules that compose the rule set. For more information, see [Managing Rule Sets](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Balance/Tasks/managingrulesets.htm)
	Items RuleSetItemArrayInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the specified load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The name for this set of rules. It must be unique and it cannot be changed. Avoid entering confidential information.  Example: `exampleRuleSet`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	State pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (RuleSetState) ElementType

func (RuleSetState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SslCipherSuite

type SslCipherSuite struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	Ciphers pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"ciphers"`
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"loadBalancerId"`
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	//
	// **Note:** The name of your user-defined cipher suite must not be the same as any of Oracle's predefined or reserved SSL cipher suite names:
	// * oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-modern-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite
	// * oci-default-http2-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-default-http2-tls-13-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-default-http2-tls-12-13-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-13-recommended-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-12-13-wider-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-11-12-13-wider-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
}

This resource provides the Ssl Cipher Suite resource in Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Load Balancer service.

Creates a custom SSL cipher suite.

## Example Usage

```go package main

import (

"github.com/pulumi/pulumi-oci/sdk/go/oci/LoadBalancer"
"github.com/pulumi/pulumi/sdk/v3/go/pulumi"

)

func main() {
	pulumi.Run(func(ctx *pulumi.Context) error {
		_, err := LoadBalancer.NewSslCipherSuite(ctx, "test_ssl_cipher_suite", &LoadBalancer.SslCipherSuiteArgs{
			Ciphers:        pulumi.Any(sslCipherSuiteCiphers),
			LoadBalancerId: pulumi.Any(testLoadBalancer.Id),
			Name:           pulumi.Any(sslCipherSuiteName),
		})
		if err != nil {
			return err
		}
		return nil
	})
}

```

## Import

SslCipherSuites can be imported using the `id`, e.g.

```sh $ pulumi import oci:LoadBalancer/sslCipherSuite:SslCipherSuite test_ssl_cipher_suite "loadBalancers/{loadBalancerId}/sslCipherSuites/{name}" ```

func GetSslCipherSuite

func GetSslCipherSuite(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SslCipherSuiteState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SslCipherSuite, error)

GetSslCipherSuite gets an existing SslCipherSuite resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSslCipherSuite

func NewSslCipherSuite(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SslCipherSuiteArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*SslCipherSuite, error)

NewSslCipherSuite registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*SslCipherSuite) ElementType

func (*SslCipherSuite) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*SslCipherSuite) ToSslCipherSuiteOutput

func (i *SslCipherSuite) ToSslCipherSuiteOutput() SslCipherSuiteOutput

func (*SslCipherSuite) ToSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext

func (i *SslCipherSuite) ToSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SslCipherSuiteOutput

type SslCipherSuiteArgs

type SslCipherSuiteArgs struct {
	Ciphers pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringInput
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	//
	// **Note:** The name of your user-defined cipher suite must not be the same as any of Oracle's predefined or reserved SSL cipher suite names:
	// * oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-modern-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite
	// * oci-default-http2-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-default-http2-tls-13-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-default-http2-tls-12-13-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-13-recommended-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-12-13-wider-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-11-12-13-wider-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a SslCipherSuite resource.

func (SslCipherSuiteArgs) ElementType

func (SslCipherSuiteArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SslCipherSuiteArray

type SslCipherSuiteArray []SslCipherSuiteInput

func (SslCipherSuiteArray) ElementType

func (SslCipherSuiteArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SslCipherSuiteArray) ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

func (i SslCipherSuiteArray) ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput() SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

func (SslCipherSuiteArray) ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext

func (i SslCipherSuiteArray) ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

type SslCipherSuiteArrayInput

type SslCipherSuiteArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput() SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput
	ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput
}

SslCipherSuiteArrayInput is an input type that accepts SslCipherSuiteArray and SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `SslCipherSuiteArrayInput` via:

SslCipherSuiteArray{ SslCipherSuiteArgs{...} }

type SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

type SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ElementType

func (SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) Index

func (SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

func (o SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutput() SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

func (SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext

func (o SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SslCipherSuiteArrayOutput

type SslCipherSuiteInput

type SslCipherSuiteInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSslCipherSuiteOutput() SslCipherSuiteOutput
	ToSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SslCipherSuiteOutput
}

type SslCipherSuiteMap

type SslCipherSuiteMap map[string]SslCipherSuiteInput

func (SslCipherSuiteMap) ElementType

func (SslCipherSuiteMap) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SslCipherSuiteMap) ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutput

func (i SslCipherSuiteMap) ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutput() SslCipherSuiteMapOutput

func (SslCipherSuiteMap) ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutputWithContext

func (i SslCipherSuiteMap) ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SslCipherSuiteMapOutput

type SslCipherSuiteMapInput

type SslCipherSuiteMapInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutput() SslCipherSuiteMapOutput
	ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutputWithContext(context.Context) SslCipherSuiteMapOutput
}

SslCipherSuiteMapInput is an input type that accepts SslCipherSuiteMap and SslCipherSuiteMapOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `SslCipherSuiteMapInput` via:

SslCipherSuiteMap{ "key": SslCipherSuiteArgs{...} }

type SslCipherSuiteMapOutput

type SslCipherSuiteMapOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SslCipherSuiteMapOutput) ElementType

func (SslCipherSuiteMapOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SslCipherSuiteMapOutput) MapIndex

func (SslCipherSuiteMapOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutput

func (o SslCipherSuiteMapOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutput() SslCipherSuiteMapOutput

func (SslCipherSuiteMapOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutputWithContext

func (o SslCipherSuiteMapOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteMapOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SslCipherSuiteMapOutput

type SslCipherSuiteOutput

type SslCipherSuiteOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SslCipherSuiteOutput) Ciphers added in v0.4.0

func (SslCipherSuiteOutput) ElementType

func (SslCipherSuiteOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SslCipherSuiteOutput) LoadBalancerId added in v0.4.0

func (o SslCipherSuiteOutput) LoadBalancerId() pulumi.StringOutput

The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.

func (SslCipherSuiteOutput) Name added in v0.4.0

A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.

**Note:** The name of your user-defined cipher suite must not be the same as any of Oracle's predefined or reserved SSL cipher suite names: * oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-modern-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite * oci-default-http2-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-default-http2-tls-13-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-default-http2-tls-12-13-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-tls-13-recommended-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-tls-12-13-wider-ssl-cipher-suite-v1 * oci-tls-11-12-13-wider-ssl-cipher-suite-v1

example: `exampleCipherSuite`

** IMPORTANT ** Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values

func (SslCipherSuiteOutput) State added in v0.4.0

func (SslCipherSuiteOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteOutput

func (o SslCipherSuiteOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteOutput() SslCipherSuiteOutput

func (SslCipherSuiteOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext

func (o SslCipherSuiteOutput) ToSslCipherSuiteOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SslCipherSuiteOutput

type SslCipherSuiteState

type SslCipherSuiteState struct {
	Ciphers pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The [OCID](https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/identifiers.htm) of the associated load balancer.
	LoadBalancerId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// A friendly name for the SSL cipher suite. It must be unique and it cannot be changed.
	//
	// **Note:** The name of your user-defined cipher suite must not be the same as any of Oracle's predefined or reserved SSL cipher suite names:
	// * oci-default-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-modern-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-wider-compatible-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-customized-ssl-cipher-suite
	// * oci-default-http2-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-default-http2-tls-13-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-default-http2-tls-12-13-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-13-recommended-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-12-13-wider-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	// * oci-tls-11-12-13-wider-ssl-cipher-suite-v1
	//
	// example: `exampleCipherSuite`
	//
	// ** IMPORTANT **
	// Any change to a property that does not support update will force the destruction and recreation of the resource with the new property values
	Name  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	State pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

func (SslCipherSuiteState) ElementType

func (SslCipherSuiteState) ElementType() reflect.Type

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL